WO2022042136A1 - 一种通信方法、装置及计算机可读存储介质 - Google Patents

一种通信方法、装置及计算机可读存储介质 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022042136A1
WO2022042136A1 PCT/CN2021/107195 CN2021107195W WO2022042136A1 WO 2022042136 A1 WO2022042136 A1 WO 2022042136A1 CN 2021107195 W CN2021107195 W CN 2021107195W WO 2022042136 A1 WO2022042136 A1 WO 2022042136A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cell
carrier
network device
terminal device
information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/107195
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
王�锋
胡丹
张旭
曲秉玉
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2022042136A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022042136A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0091Signaling for the administration of the divided path
    • H04L5/0096Indication of changes in allocation
    • H04L5/0098Signalling of the activation or deactivation of component carriers, subcarriers or frequency bands
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0011Control or signalling for completing the hand-off for data sessions of end-to-end connection
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0055Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/08Reselecting an access point
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/24Reselection being triggered by specific parameters
    • H04W36/30Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by measured or perceived connection quality data
    • H04W36/302Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by measured or perceived connection quality data due to low signal strength

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method, an apparatus, and a computer-readable storage medium.
  • a user equipment In a wireless communication system, when a user equipment (UE) is in a service connection state and maintains service services, it moves from one cell to another cell. In order to ensure the continuity of UE communication, handover needs to be performed.
  • UE user equipment
  • the UE needs to perform random access to the target cell to obtain the timing advance (TA) value after the UE is handed over to the target cell.
  • TA timing advance
  • the problem of delay and interruption may occur in the handover process of the UE to the target cell that requires random access, so that the communication efficiency is reduced.
  • the present application provides a communication method, device and computer-readable storage medium, which can improve the efficiency of communication.
  • the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to a terminal device, and can also be applied to a module (eg, a chip) in the terminal device.
  • the following description takes the application to the terminal device as an example.
  • the communication method may include: determining that after the terminal equipment is switched from the second cell to the first cell, the carrier in the first cell where the terminal equipment performs uplink transmission is the first carrier; wherein the first carrier and the second carrier belong to In the same frequency band, the second carrier is the carrier of the terminal device in the second cell.
  • the terminal device before the terminal device is switched, it communicates with the second network device in the second cell, the second network device can send downlink transmission to the terminal device, and the terminal device can send uplink transmission to the fourth network device on the second carrier
  • the fourth network device refers to a network device that can receive the uplink transmission sent by the terminal device on the second carrier.
  • the fourth network device then sends the uplink data to the second network device.
  • the fourth network device may send the uplink data to the second network device through the backhaul. If the second network device is the fourth network device, that is to say, the second carrier and the second cell share the same site, or the second carrier and the second network device share the same site, then the terminal device can directly connect to the second carrier.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device is switched, it communicates with the first network device in the first cell, the first network device can send downlink transmission to the terminal device, and the terminal device can send uplink transmission to the fifth network device on the first carrier.
  • the fifth network device refers to A network device that can receive the uplink transmission sent by the terminal device on the first carrier. The fifth network device then sends the uplink transmission data to the first network device, for example, the fifth network device may send the uplink transmission data to the first network device through the backhaul.
  • the terminal device can directly connect to the first carrier.
  • An uplink transmission is sent to the first network device.
  • the handover mentioned in the embodiments of this application may be cell handover.
  • the first cell may be a target cell (target cell), and the second cell may be a source (original) cell (source cell).
  • the first network device may be a target network device, and the second network device may be a source (original) network device, that is, the first network device is a network device corresponding to the first cell, and the second network device is a network device corresponding to the second cell Network equipment.
  • a certain network device is a network device corresponding to a certain cell
  • a certain network device is a network device to which a certain cell belongs
  • a certain network device serves a certain cell
  • cell information may be acquired from the network device, and the information may be scheduling information, which may be used for uplink transmission from the terminal device to the network device or downlink transmission from the network device to the terminal device.
  • the first carrier is the carrier of the first cell
  • the second carrier is the carrier of the second cell. It can be understood that the first carrier is the carrier corresponding to the first cell, and the second carrier is the carrier corresponding to the second cell; it can also be understood as , the first carrier is a carrier configured by the first cell, and the second carrier is a carrier configured by the second cell.
  • the first carrier and the second carrier may belong to the same frequency band, and the uplink transmission sent by the terminal device on the first carrier and the second carrier is received by the same network device.
  • the first carrier and the second carrier are the same carrier.
  • the first carrier and the second carrier are the same carrier, which can be understood as the uplink transmission sent by the terminal device on the first carrier and the second carrier is received by the same network device, and meets at least one of the following conditions: the first carrier and the second carrier
  • the carrier frequencies of the carriers are the same; the frequency reference points of the first carrier and the second carrier are the same; the frequency positions of the first carrier and the second carrier are the same; the carrier bandwidths of the first carrier and the second carrier are the same.
  • the carrier on which the terminal device performs uplink transmission in the first cell is the first carrier. It can be understood that after the terminal device is switched, it communicates with the first network device in the first cell , the first network device can send downlink transmission to the terminal device, the terminal device can send uplink transmission on the first carrier to the fourth network device, and the fourth network device can then send the data of the uplink transmission to the first network device, for example, the fourth network device
  • the network device may send the uplink transmission data to the first network device through the backhaul.
  • the terminal device can directly send uplink transmission to the first network device on the first carrier, the first carrier and the second carrier belong to the same frequency band, and the terminal device is on the first carrier and the first carrier.
  • the uplink transmission sent by the two carriers is received by the same network device.
  • the second carrier is the carrier of the terminal device in the second cell.
  • the carrier on which the terminal equipment performs uplink transmission in the first cell is the first carrier.
  • a cell can send uplink transmission to the fourth network device on the first carrier in the same frequency band as the second carrier; it can also be understood that before the handover of the terminal device until after the handover, in the second cell and the first cell, the Send uplink transmission to the fourth network device on the first carrier at the same frequency position as the second carrier; it can also be understood that before the terminal device is switched to after the switch, the second cell and the first cell can be on the same carrier , that is, the second carrier, continues to send the uplink transmission to the fourth network device.
  • the supplementary uplink (SUL) carrier of the terminal device in the first cell and the SUL carrier in the second cell belong to the same frequency band, and the terminal device is in the two cells respectively, and the SUL carrier sends the uplink to the fourth network device.
  • the fourth network device refers to a network device that can receive the uplink transmission sent by the terminal device on the SUL carrier.
  • the SUL carrier of the terminal equipment in the first cell and the NUL carrier of the second cell belong to the same frequency band, and the terminal equipment is in the two cells respectively, and sends the uplink transmission to the fourth network equipment on the NUL (or SUL) carrier
  • the fourth network device refers to a network device that can receive the uplink transmission sent by the terminal device on the NUL (or SUL) carrier.
  • the NUL carrier of the terminal device in the first cell and the SUL carrier of the second cell belong to the same frequency band, and the terminal device is in the two cells respectively, and sends the uplink transmission to the fourth network device on the SUL (or NUL) carrier
  • the fourth network device refers to a network device that can receive the uplink transmission sent by the terminal device on the SUL (or NUL) carrier. Therefore, the solution provided by the present application can effectively avoid the delay and interruption problems that may occur during the handover process of the terminal equipment to the first cell that requires random access, and can improve the efficiency of communication.
  • the communication method further includes: according to the transmission timing (transmission timing) of the terminal device on the second carrier, the downlink timing (downlink timing) of the first cell, and the first A timing advance (timing advance, TA) offset value of a cell determines a first TA value, where the first TA value is a TA value of the terminal device on the first carrier.
  • determining the TA value of the terminal equipment in the first carrier can also be understood as determining the TA value of the terminal equipment in the first cell; if the terminal equipment After switching to the first cell, the uplink carrier includes the first carrier and other carriers. If the TA value of the first carrier and other carriers are the same, determining the TA value of the terminal device on the first carrier can also be understood as determining the terminal The TA value of the device in the first cell.
  • the carrier on which the terminal device performs uplink transmission in the first cell is the first carrier.
  • the link timing and the TA offset value of the first cell determine the first TA value.
  • the first carrier and the second carrier may be uplink carriers, and then the sending timing of the terminal device on the second carrier may be understood as the uplink timing of the terminal device on the second carrier.
  • the first TA value is the TA value of the terminal device on the first carrier. In this way, the TA value on the first carrier can be determined without random access, thereby realizing the uplink synchronization of the terminal device on the first carrier in the first cell. Therefore, the solution provided by the present application can effectively avoid the delay and interruption problems that may occur during the handover process of the terminal equipment to the first cell that requires random access, and can improve the efficiency of communication.
  • the same carrier as the second carrier exists in the effective carrier of the first cell.
  • the same carrier as the second carrier exists in the effective carrier of the first cell. It can be understood that the second carrier exists in the effective carrier of the first cell. It can also be understood that one of the effective carriers of the first cell is related to the first The two carriers are the same carrier. At least one carrier that is the same as the second carrier exists in the effective carriers of the first cell.
  • One of the effective carriers of the first cell and the second carrier are the same carrier, which can be understood as the uplink transmission sent by the terminal equipment in one of the effective carriers of the first cell and the second carrier is received by the same network device. , and at least one of the following conditions is satisfied: the carrier frequencies of the first carrier and the second carrier are the same; the frequency reference point of one carrier in the effective carrier of the first cell and the frequency reference point of the second carrier are the same; one carrier in the effective carrier of the first cell The frequency position is the same as that of the second carrier; one of the effective carriers of the first cell and the carrier bandwidth of the second carrier are the same.
  • An effective carrier can be understood as a carrier covering a cell, or a carrier that covers a cell and can be configured, or a carrier that can be configured in a cell, or a carrier belonging to a cell, or a carrier that is configured for use by terminal equipment, or the cell is A configured carrier, or a carrier shared (configured) by at least one cell, or a carrier for which the terminal device can obtain configuration information from system messages of the cell, or a terminal device that can obtain configuration information from dedicated signaling of the cell
  • the number of effective carriers may be one or more, which is not limited in this application.
  • the data or control information that the terminal device is scheduled in the cell can be sent on the active carrier.
  • the effective carrier of the first cell has the same carrier as the second carrier, it can be ensured that after the terminal equipment is switched from the second cell to the first cell, the terminal equipment performs uplink transmission in the first cell
  • the carrier is the first carrier. In this way, handover can be realized without random access, and the communication efficiency can be improved. If the effective carrier of the first cell does not have the same carrier as the second carrier, random access is also performed during the handover process of the terminal equipment, which may cause problems of delay and interruption.
  • the communication method further includes: when the carrier of the terminal device in the second cell is a third carrier, and there is no valid carrier in the first cell that is the same as the third carrier In the case of the carrier, the terminal device switches to the second carrier in the second cell.
  • the terminal equipment in the second cell is the third carrier, and the effective carrier of the first cell does not have the same carrier as the third carrier, then the terminal equipment can start from the second cell first
  • the third carrier is switched to the second carrier. In this way, it can be ensured that the same carrier as the second carrier exists in the effective carrier of the first cell, and it can be ensured that the terminal device performs uplink transmission on the first carrier of the first cell after handover. In this way, handover can be realized without random access, and the communication efficiency can be improved.
  • the communication method further includes: receiving first indication information sent by a second network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform uplink transmission in the first cell
  • the carrier is the first carrier
  • the second network device is the network device corresponding to the second cell.
  • the second network device may send the first indication information to the terminal device, indicating that the carrier that the terminal device performs uplink transmission on in the first cell is the first carrier, and determines that the carrier in the first cell is the first carrier.
  • the carrier for uplink transmission in a cell is the first carrier, which may be delivered to the terminal device by the second network device, and does not need to be determined by the terminal device. Therefore, the resource consumption of the terminal device can be reduced.
  • the communication method may further include: receiving first information sent by a second network device, where the first information includes a TA offset value of the first cell.
  • the first information can be used by the terminal device to calculate the TA value on the first carrier, so as to realize the uplink synchronization of the terminal device on the first carrier of the first cell.
  • the first information further includes: a time slot offset value between the first cell and the second cell, a time slot offset between the first cell and the second cell at least one of the offset value of the system frame number of the first cell and the offset value of the frame boundary between the first cell and the second cell; the downlink timing of the first cell and the TA offset value of the first cell, and determining the first TA value includes: according to the transmission timing of the terminal device on the second carrier, the downlink timing of the first cell The link timing and the first information determine the first TA value.
  • the carrier that the terminal equipment performs uplink transmission in the first cell is the first carrier, that is, before and after the switch, the terminal equipment is in the second cell.
  • the uplink transmission sent by the first cell is a carrier of the same frequency band, and the uplink transmission sent by the terminal device on the first carrier and the second carrier is received by the same network device, so the transmission timing of the terminal device sending the uplink transmission should remain unchanged.
  • the terminal equipment needs to refer to the downlink timing of the first cell, and no longer needs to refer to the downlink timing of the second cell.
  • the TA value of a carrier needs to be adjusted accordingly.
  • the first information may be delivered by the second network device to the terminal device, the transmission timing of the second carrier is determined by the terminal device, and the downlink timing of the first cell can be determined by the terminal device by detecting the first
  • the synchronization signal block (synchronization signal/PBCH block, SSB) information of the cell or other reference signals are obtained. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the first TA value according to the first information, the transmission timing of the second carrier and the downlink timing of the first cell, thereby realizing the uplink synchronization of the terminal device on the first carrier of the first cell.
  • synchronization signal block synchronization signal/PBCH block, SSB
  • the first TA value may satisfy the following formula:
  • N TA is the first TA value
  • T tt is the transmission timing of the terminal device on the second carrier
  • T is the downlink timing of the first cell
  • N TA-offset is the first TA offset value of a cell
  • T C 1/( ⁇ f max ⁇ N f )
  • T slot-offset is the first cell and the second cell
  • the time slot offset value between cells T sfn-offset is the system frame number offset value between the first cell and the second cell
  • the T Fb-offset is the first cell and the second cell. frame boundary offset value between the second cells.
  • the first TA value can be determined according to any one of the above formulas, so as to realize the uplink synchronization of the terminal device on the first carrier of the first cell.
  • the communication method may further include: receiving second indication information sent by the second network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first cell, and the second indication The information includes an identity document (ID) of the first cell.
  • ID an identity document
  • the terminal device receives the second indication information sent by the second network device, and the terminal device can determine which cell is the first cell to be handed over to by using the ID of the first cell included in the second indication information .
  • the communication method may further include: receiving a measurement configuration sent by the second network device; reporting the measurement result of the fifth cell to the second network device according to the measurement configuration; the The third cell is at least one of the fifth cells.
  • the second network device obtains the measurement result of the fifth cell from the terminal device by delivering the measurement configuration to the terminal device, and the fifth cell may include the second cell and neighboring cells of the second cell.
  • the second network device can determine whether the terminal device needs to be handed over according to the measurement result of the fifth cell. In the case that handover is required, it can determine the first cell according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell, and then report to the terminal device.
  • the second instruction information is delivered.
  • the communication method may further include: determining N fourth cells according to the measurement result of the third cell and information of the third cell, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the third cell's There is at least one same carrier as the effective carrier of the second cell; sending the indication information of the N fourth cells to the second network device; receiving the second indication information sent by the second network device , the second indication information is used to indicate the first cell, the second indication information includes the ID of the first cell, and the first cell is one of the N fourth cells.
  • the terminal device may determine N fourth cells according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell, and the fourth cell may be a candidate cell.
  • the indication information of the N fourth cells is then reported to the second network device, the second network device determines a first cell from the N fourth cells, and the second network device delivers the second indication information to the terminal device.
  • the N fourth cells are determined according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell, and it can be guaranteed that among the N fourth cells
  • the effective carrier of each cell has the same carrier as the effective carrier of the second cell, and then a first cell determined by the second network device from the N fourth cells can ensure that the terminal device is switched from the second cell to the first cell
  • the carrier on which the terminal equipment performs uplink transmission is the first carrier, so that the terminal equipment does not need random access during the handover process, and the uplink synchronization of the terminal equipment on the first carrier in the first cell is realized, which can improve the communication reliability. effectiveness.
  • the determining the N fourth cells according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell includes: determining each cell in the third cell according to the information of the third cell corresponding priority; the N fourth cells are determined according to the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell and the measurement result of the third cell.
  • the information of the third cell may include the ID of each cell in the third cell and the information of the effective carrier of each cell, and the information of different effective carriers may correspond to different priorities, that is, each cell
  • the information of different valid carriers corresponding to different priorities, and the terminal device determines N fourth cells according to the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell and the measurement result.
  • the correspondence between the information of the valid carriers and the priority may be predefined by the protocol, or may be determined by the second network device.
  • the communication method may further include: receiving a measurement configuration sent by the second network device; and determining a measurement result of the fifth cell according to the measurement configuration.
  • the second network device may deliver a measurement configuration to the terminal device, and after the terminal device obtains the measurement result of the fifth cell according to the measurement configuration, it does not need to report the measurement result of the fifth cell to the second network device,
  • the N fourth cells are determined by the terminal device.
  • the communication method may further include: receiving information of the third cell sent by the second network device, where the third cell is at least one of the fifth cells.
  • the terminal device may receive the information of the third cell sent by the second network device.
  • the third cell is at least one cell in the fifth cell, so the terminal device can obtain the measurement result of the third cell from the measurement result of the fifth cell, and then determine N according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell Fourth District.
  • the communication method may further include: sending second information on the first carrier, where the second information is used to confirm the handover to the first network device, the first network device is the network device corresponding to the first cell.
  • the terminal device sends uplink transmission to the fifth network device on the first carrier, and the fifth network device then sends the uplink transmission data to the first network device, if the first network device is the fifth network device , the terminal device can directly send the uplink transmission to the first network device on the first carrier.
  • the uplink transmission may be second information, and the second information may be used to confirm the handover to the first network device, and the confirmation of the handover may be to confirm that the terminal device is handed over from the second cell to the first cell.
  • the terminal device can determine the first TA value without random access, and can also realize uplink synchronization of the terminal device on the first carrier of the first cell according to the first TA value, which can improve communication efficiency.
  • the communication method may further include: receiving third indication information sent by the second network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate the second TA value and the first TA value If the second TA value is the TA value of the terminal device on the fourth carrier, the fourth carrier is a carrier of the terminal device in the first cell that is different from the first carrier.
  • the terminal device may determine the second TA value according to the third indication information from the second network device, and the fourth carrier may be an uplink carrier of the terminal device in the first cell that is different from the first carrier.
  • the fourth carrier may be a normal uplink (NUL) carrier. If the third indication information indicates that the second TA value is the same as the first TA value, the second TA value can be determined without random access, and the uplink synchronization of the terminal device on the fourth carrier of the first cell can be realized, which can improve the communication reliability. effectiveness.
  • the communication method may further include: sending second information on the fourth carrier, where the second information is used to confirm the handover to the first network device.
  • the terminal device can send uplink transmission to the sixth network device on the fourth carrier, the sixth network device refers to the network device that can receive the uplink transmission sent by the terminal device on the fourth carrier, and the sixth network device
  • the uplink transmission data is then sent to the first network device. If the first network device is the sixth network device, the terminal device can directly send the uplink transmission to the first network device on the fourth carrier.
  • the uplink transmission may be the second information, and the second information may be used to confirm the handover to the first network device. In this way, the terminal device can determine the second TA value without random access, and can also realize uplink synchronization of the terminal device on the fourth carrier of the first cell according to the second TA value, which can improve communication efficiency.
  • the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to a second network device or a module (eg, a chip) in the second network device.
  • the following takes the application to the second network device as an example describe.
  • the method includes: sending first indication information to a terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that a carrier on which the terminal device performs uplink transmission in the first cell is a first carrier, wherein the first carrier and the first carrier The two carriers belong to the same frequency band, and the uplink transmissions sent by the terminal device on the first carrier and the second carrier are received by the same network device.
  • the second carrier is the carrier of the terminal device in the second cell.
  • the second network device may send the first indication information to the terminal device to indicate that the carrier that the terminal device performs uplink transmission on in the first cell is the first carrier.
  • the carrier that performs uplink transmission in the first cell is the first carrier, which can be understood as the terminal device communicates with the first network device in the first cell after the handover, the first network device can send downlink transmission to the terminal device, and the terminal device communicates with the first network device in the first cell.
  • the device can send the uplink transmission to the fourth network device on the first carrier, and the fourth network device can then send the data of the uplink transmission to the first network device.
  • the fourth network device can send the data of the uplink transmission to the first network device through the backhaul. Network equipment.
  • the terminal device can directly send uplink transmission to the first network device on the first carrier, the first carrier and the second carrier belong to the same frequency band, and the terminal device is on the first carrier and the first carrier.
  • the uplink transmission sent by the two carriers is received by the same network device.
  • the second carrier is the carrier of the terminal device in the second cell.
  • the carrier that performs uplink transmission in the first cell is the first carrier, which can also be understood as the first carrier in the second cell and the first cell before the handover of the terminal device until after the handover.
  • the uplink transmission is sent to the fourth network device; it can also be understood that before the handover of the terminal device until after the handover, in the second cell and the first cell, on the first carrier with the same frequency as the second carrier, the terminal device can transmit to the The fourth network device sends the uplink transmission; it can also be understood that before the handover until the handover of the terminal device, in the second cell and the first cell, on the same carrier, that is, the second carrier, can continue to send the uplink to the fourth network device transmission.
  • the supplementary uplink (SUL) carrier of the terminal device in the first cell and the SUL carrier in the second cell belong to the same frequency band, and the terminal device is in the two cells respectively, and the SUL carrier sends the uplink to the fourth network device.
  • the fourth network device refers to a network device that can receive the uplink transmission sent by the terminal device on the SUL carrier.
  • the SUL carrier of the terminal equipment in the first cell and the NUL carrier of the second cell belong to the same frequency band, and the terminal equipment is in the two cells respectively, and sends the uplink transmission to the fourth network equipment on the NUL (or SUL) carrier
  • the fourth network device refers to a network device that can receive the uplink transmission sent by the terminal device on the NUL (or SUL) carrier.
  • the NUL carrier of the terminal device in the first cell and the SUL carrier of the second cell belong to the same frequency band, and the terminal device is in the two cells respectively, and sends the uplink transmission to the fourth network device on the SUL (or NUL) carrier
  • the fourth network device refers to a network device that can receive the uplink transmission sent by the terminal device on the SUL (or NUL) carrier. Therefore, the solution provided by the present application can effectively avoid the delay and interruption problems that may occur during the handover process of the terminal equipment to the first cell that requires random access, and can improve the efficiency of communication.
  • the carrier on which the terminal device performs uplink transmission in the first cell is the first carrier.
  • the link timing and the TA offset value of the first cell determine the first TA value, and the first TA value is the TA value of the terminal device on the first carrier.
  • the TA value on the first carrier can be determined without random access, thereby realizing the uplink synchronization of the terminal device on the first carrier in the first cell. Therefore, the solution provided by the present application can effectively avoid the delay and interruption problems that may occur during the handover process of the terminal equipment to the first cell that requires random access, and can improve the efficiency of communication.
  • the execution body of the second aspect is the second network device
  • the specific content of the second aspect corresponds to the content of the first aspect
  • the corresponding features of the second aspect and the beneficial effects achieved can refer to the description of the first aspect, in order to avoid repetition , and the detailed description is appropriately omitted here.
  • the communication method may further include: sending first information to the terminal device, where the first information includes a TA offset value of the first cell.
  • the first information further includes: a time slot offset value between the first cell and the second cell, a time slot offset between the first cell and the second cell at least one of the system frame number offset value of the first cell and the frame boundary offset value between the first cell and the second cell.
  • the communication method may further include: determining the first cell according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell, and the effective carrier of the third cell is the same as that of the second cell. There is at least one same carrier in the valid carrier; send second indication information to the terminal device, the second indication information is used to indicate the first cell, and the second indication information includes the ID of the first cell .
  • the information of the third cell is known by the second terminal device. Since the third cell is at least one cell in the fifth cell, the measurement result of the third cell can be reported from the terminal device. obtained from the measurement results of the fifth cell.
  • the second network device may determine the first cell according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell, and then deliver the second indication information to the terminal device.
  • the effective carrier of the third cell and the effective carrier of the second cell have at least one same carrier, determining the first cell according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell can ensure that the terminal equipment is switched from the second cell to After the first cell, the carrier on which the terminal equipment performs uplink transmission in the first cell is the first carrier, so that the terminal equipment does not need random access during the handover process, and the uplink synchronization of the terminal equipment in the first carrier of the first cell can be realized. Improve the efficiency of communication.
  • the effective carrier of the third cell and the effective carrier of the second cell have the same carrier. It can be understood that one of the effective carriers of the second cell exists in the effective carrier of the third cell. It can also be understood that the second cell One of the effective carriers of the cell is the same carrier as one of the effective carriers of the third cell. There may be at least one carrier whose effective carrier of the third cell is the same as that of the second cell.
  • One of the effective carriers of the second cell and one of the effective carriers of the third cell are the same carrier, which can be understood as one of the effective carriers of the terminal device in the second cell and the effective carrier of the third cell.
  • the uplink transmission sent by one carrier in the cell is received by the same network device and meets at least one of the following conditions: the carrier frequency of one carrier in the effective carrier of the second cell is the same as the carrier frequency of one carrier in the effective carrier of the third cell; the second One of the effective carriers of the cell has the same frequency reference point as one of the effective carriers of the third cell; one of the effective carriers of the second cell has the same frequency position as one of the effective carriers of the third cell ;
  • the carrier bandwidth of the first carrier and the second carrier are the same.
  • the determining the first cell according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell includes: determining each cell in the third cell according to the information of the third cell The corresponding priority; the first cell is determined according to the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell and the measurement result of the third area.
  • the information of the third cell may include the ID of each cell in the third cell and the information of the effective carrier of each cell, and the information of different effective carriers may correspond to different priorities, that is, each cell
  • the information of different effective carriers corresponding to different priorities, and the second network device may re-determine the first cell according to the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell and the measurement result.
  • the correspondence between the information of the valid carriers and the priority may be predefined by the protocol, or may be determined by the second network device.
  • the communication method may further include: sending the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the communication method may further include: receiving a measurement result of a fifth cell sent by the terminal device; the third cell is at least one cell of the fifth cells.
  • the communication method may further include: receiving indication information of N fourth cells sent by the terminal device, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the N fourth cells are sent by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell, that the effective carrier of the third cell and the effective carrier of the second cell have at least one same carrier; the determination is based on the N fourth cells the first cell, where the first cell is one of the N fourth cells; sending second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first cell, the The second indication information includes the ID of the first cell.
  • the terminal device after determining N fourth cells according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell, the terminal device reports the indication information of the N fourth cells to the second network device, and the third cell There is at least one same carrier as the effective carrier of the second cell.
  • the second network device may determine a first cell from the N fourth cells, and then deliver the second indication information to the terminal device. Which cell is the first cell.
  • the communication method may further include: sending the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the communication method may further include: sending the information of the third cell to the terminal device, where the third cell is at least one of the fifth cells.
  • the communication method may further include: sending third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to indicate whether the second TA value is the same as the first TA value,
  • the second TA value is the TA value of the terminal device on a fourth carrier, and the fourth carrier is a carrier of the terminal device in the first cell that is different from the first carrier.
  • the communication method may further include: sending request information to a first network device, where the request information is used to request the terminal device to access the first network device, the first network device The device is a network device corresponding to the first cell.
  • the second network device may send request information to the first network device, requesting the terminal device to access the first network device, and the first network device is the network corresponding to the first cell equipment.
  • the second network device sends the second indication information to the terminal device.
  • the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to a first network device or a module (eg, a chip) in the first network device.
  • the following takes the application to the first network device as an example describe.
  • the method includes: receiving request information sent by a second network device, where the request information is used to request the terminal device to access the first network device, and the second network device is a network device corresponding to the second cell.
  • the second network device may send request information to the first network device to request the terminal device to access the first network device.
  • the second network device delivers second indication information to the terminal device; when the first network device does not allow access, the second network device can re-determine the first cell.
  • the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to a terminal device, and can also be applied to a module (eg, a chip) in the terminal device.
  • the following description takes the application to the terminal device as an example.
  • the method includes: receiving third information sent by a second network device, where the third information includes first indication information and an ID of a first cell, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to continue to the fourth network
  • the device sends an upstream transmission.
  • the terminal device can determine which cell is the first cell to be handed over to by using the ID of the first cell included in the third information. It can also be determined by the first indication information included in the third information that the uplink transmission is continued to be sent to the fourth network device in the first cell, specifically:
  • the second cell communicates with the second network device, the second network device can send downlink transmission to the terminal device, and the terminal device can send uplink transmission to the fourth network device.
  • the fourth network device refers to the terminal device that can receive The network device of the uplink transmission sent in the second cell.
  • the fourth network device then sends the uplink data to the second network device.
  • the fourth network device may send the uplink data to the second network device through the backhaul. If the second network device is the fourth network device, that is to say, if the fourth network device and the second network device share a site, the terminal device can directly send the uplink transmission to the second network device.
  • the first network device can send downlink transmission to the terminal device, the terminal device can send uplink transmission to the fifth network device, and the fifth network device refers to the terminal device that can receive The network device of the uplink transmission sent in the first cell.
  • the fifth network device then sends the uplink transmission data to the first network device, for example, the fifth network device may send the uplink transmission data to the first network device through the backhaul. If the first network device is the fifth network device, that is, if the fifth network device and the first network device share a site, the terminal device can directly send the uplink transmission to the first network device.
  • the terminal device can send uplink transmission to the same network device, namely the fourth network device, in the second cell and the first cell before the handover until after the handover.
  • the terminal device can send uplink transmission to the same network device, namely the fourth network device, in the second cell and the first cell before the handover until after the handover.
  • the terminal device can send downlink transmission to the terminal device
  • the terminal device can continue to send uplink transmission to the fourth network device
  • the fourth network device then sends
  • the uplink transmission data is sent to the first network device, for example, the fourth network device may send the uplink transmission data to the first network device through the backhaul. If the first network device is the fourth network device, the terminal device can directly send the uplink transmission to the first network device.
  • the terminal equipment can send uplink transmission in the first cell without random access. Therefore, the solution provided by the present application can effectively avoid the delay and interruption problems that may occur during the handover process of the terminal equipment to the first cell that requires random access, and can improve the efficiency of communication.
  • the communication method may further include: determining a first TA value according to the first transmission timing, the downlink timing of the first cell, and the TA offset value of the first cell, The first TA value is used to continue sending uplink transmission to the fourth network device.
  • the first sending timing may be the sending timing at which the terminal device sends uplink transmission in the second cell, so the first sending timing may also be referred to as the first uplink timing.
  • the first TA value can be determined without random access, thereby realizing the uplink synchronization of the terminal device in the first cell, and improving the communication efficiency.
  • the communication method may further include: receiving first information sent by a second network device, where the first information includes a TA offset value of the first cell.
  • the first information further includes: a time slot offset value between the first cell and the second cell, a system between the first cell and the second cell at least one of a frame number offset value and a frame boundary offset value between the first cell and the second cell.
  • the determining the first TA value according to the first transmission timing, the downlink timing of the first cell, and the TA offset value of the first cell includes: according to the first transmission timing The timing, the downlink timing of the first cell, and the first information determine a first TA value.
  • the first TA value may satisfy the following formula:
  • N TA is the first TA value
  • T tt is the first transmission timing
  • T is the downlink timing of the first cell
  • N TA-offset is the TA offset value of the first cell
  • T C 1/( ⁇ f max ⁇ N f )
  • T slot-offset is the time slot offset between the first cell and the second cell offset value
  • T sfn-offset is the system frame number offset value between the first cell and the second cell
  • the T Fb-offset is the offset value between the first cell and the second cell Frame boundary offset value.
  • the communication method may further include: receiving second indication information sent by the second network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first cell, and the second indication The information includes the ID of the first cell.
  • the communication method may further include: receiving a measurement configuration sent by the second network device; reporting the measurement result of the fifth cell to the second network device according to the measurement configuration; the The third cell is at least one of the fifth cells.
  • the communication method may further include: determining N fourth cells according to the measurement result of the third cell and information of the third cell, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the third cell's The effective carrier and the effective carrier of the second cell have at least one same carrier; send the indication information of the N fourth cells to the second network device; receive the second indication information sent by the second network device, the The second indication information is used to indicate the first cell, and the second indication information includes the ID of the first cell.
  • the determining the N fourth cells according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell includes: determining each cell in the third cell according to the information of the third cell corresponding priority; the N fourth cells are determined according to the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell and the measurement result of the third cell.
  • the communication method may further include: receiving a measurement configuration sent by the second network device; and determining a measurement result of the fifth cell according to the measurement configuration.
  • the communication method may further include: receiving information of the third cell sent by the second network device, where the third cell is at least one of the fifth cells.
  • the communication method may further include: when the fourth network device is the first network device, sending uplink transmission information to the first network device, the uplink transmission The information includes second information, the second information is used to confirm the handover to the first network device; or if the fourth network device is the second network device, sent to the second network device Uplink transmission information, the uplink transmission information includes second information, and the second information is used to confirm the handover to the first network device.
  • an uplink transmission may be sent to the same network device, that is, the fourth network device. If the fourth network device is the second network device, the terminal device can directly send the uplink transmission to the second network device; if the fourth network device is the first network device, then the terminal device can directly send the uplink transmission to the first network device,
  • the uplink transmission may include second information, where the second information is used to confirm the handover to the first network device, and the confirmation of the handover may refer to the handover of the terminal device from the second cell to the first cell. In this way, the uplink synchronization of the terminal device in the first cell can be realized without random access. Therefore, the solution provided by the present application can effectively avoid the delay and interruption problems that may occur during the handover process of the terminal equipment to the first cell that requires random access, and can improve the efficiency of communication.
  • the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to a second network device, and can also be applied to a module (eg, a chip) in the second network device.
  • the application to the second network device is taken as an example below. describe.
  • the method includes: sending third information to a terminal device, where the third information includes first indication information and an ID of a first cell, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to continue sending the uplink to the fourth network device transmission.
  • the terminal device can determine which cell is the first cell to be handed over to by using the ID of the first cell included in the third information. It may also be determined by the first indication information included in the third information that the uplink transmission is continued to be sent to the fourth network device in the first cell. In this way, without random access, the terminal device can be enabled to achieve uplink synchronization of the first carrier in the first cell. Therefore, the solution provided by the present application can effectively avoid the delay and interruption problems that may occur during the handover process of the terminal equipment to the first cell that requires random access, and can improve the efficiency of communication.
  • the execution body of the fifth aspect is the second network device
  • the specific content of the fifth aspect corresponds to the content of the fourth aspect
  • the corresponding features of the fifth aspect and the beneficial effects achieved can refer to the description of the fourth aspect, in order to avoid repetition , and the detailed description is appropriately omitted here.
  • the communication method may further include: sending first information to the terminal device, where the first information includes a TA offset value of the first cell.
  • the first information further includes: a time slot offset value between the first cell and the second cell, a system between the first cell and the second cell at least one of a frame number offset value and a frame boundary offset value between the first cell and the second cell.
  • the communication method may further include: determining the first cell according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell, and the effective carrier of the third cell is the same as that of the second cell. There is at least one same carrier in the valid carrier; send second indication information to the terminal device, the second indication information is used to indicate the first cell, and the second indication information includes the ID of the first cell .
  • the determining the first cell according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell includes: determining each cell in the third cell according to the information of the third cell The corresponding priority; the first cell is determined according to the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell and the measurement result of the third area.
  • the communication method may further include: sending the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the communication method may further include: receiving a measurement result of a fifth cell sent by the terminal device; the third cell is at least one cell of the fifth cells.
  • the communication method may further include: receiving indication information of N fourth cells sent by the terminal device, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the N fourth cells are sent by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell, that the effective carrier of the third cell and the effective carrier of the second cell have at least one same carrier; the determination is based on the N fourth cells the first cell, where the first cell is one of the N fourth cells; sending second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first cell, the The second indication information includes the ID of the first cell.
  • the communication method may further include: sending the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the communication method may further include: sending the information of the third cell to the terminal device, where the third cell is at least one of the fifth cells.
  • the communication method may further include: sending request information to the first network device, where the request information is used to request the terminal device to access the first network device.
  • the second network device may send request information to the first network device, requesting the terminal device to access the first network device, and the first network device is the network corresponding to the first cell equipment.
  • the second network device sends the second indication information to the terminal device.
  • the communication method may further include: when the fourth network device is the second network device, receiving uplink transmission information sent by the terminal device, the uplink transmission information Including second information, the second information is used to confirm the handover to the first network device.
  • an uplink transmission may be sent to the same network device, that is, the fourth network device. If the fourth network device is the second network device, the terminal device may directly send the uplink transmission to the second network device. In this way, the uplink synchronization of the terminal device in the first cell can be realized without random access. Therefore, the solution provided by the present application can effectively avoid the delay and interruption problems that may occur during the handover process of the terminal equipment to the first cell that requires random access, and can improve the efficiency of communication.
  • the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to a first network device or a module (eg, a chip) in the first network device.
  • the following takes the application to the first network device as an example describe.
  • the method includes: when the fourth network device is a first network device, receiving uplink transmission information sent by a terminal device, where the uplink transmission information includes second information, and the second information is used to send the information to the first network The device confirms the switch.
  • an uplink transmission may be sent to the same network device, that is, the fourth network device. If the fourth network device is the first network device, the terminal device may directly send the uplink transmission to the first network device. In this way, the uplink synchronization of the terminal device in the first cell can be realized without random access. Therefore, the solution provided by the present application can effectively avoid the delay and interruption problems that may occur during the handover process of the terminal equipment to the first cell that requires random access, and can improve the efficiency of communication
  • the communication method may further include: receiving request information sent by a second network device, where the request information is used to request the terminal device to access the first network device.
  • the second network device may send request information to the first network device to request the terminal device to access the first network device.
  • the second network device delivers second indication information to the terminal device.
  • a communication method is provided.
  • the method can be applied to a terminal device, and can also be applied to a module (eg, a chip) in the terminal device.
  • the following description is described by taking the application to the terminal device as an example.
  • the method includes: determining N fourth cells according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the fifth cell, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the effective carrier of the third cell and the effective carrier of the second cell exist at least one same carrier; sending the indication information of the N fourth cells to the second network device, the second network device being the network device corresponding to the second cell; receiving the first information sent by the second network device Two indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate the first cell, the second indication information includes the ID of the first cell, and the first cell is one of the N fourth cells .
  • the terminal device can obtain the measurement result of the fifth cell according to the measurement configuration, and then determine N fourth cells according to the measurement result of the fifth cell and the information from the third cell of the second network terminal device , the N fourth cells are sent to the second network device, and the second network device determines one first cell from the N fourth cells.
  • the effective carrier of each cell in the third cell has the same carrier as the effective carrier of the second cell, it can be prioritized.
  • the first cell is selected, but if the measurement results of each cell are not good, the first cell determined from the third cell also does not meet the conditions for terminal equipment handover.
  • the sixth cell may be other cells in the fifth cell except the third cell, and the sixth cell may include an effective carrier that has no intersection with the effective carrier of the second cell, but has no intersection with the effective carrier of other cells except the second cell.
  • a cell with an intersection may also include a cell in which the effective carrier has no intersection with the effective carriers of the second cell and other cells except the second cell.
  • the determining N fourth cells according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the fifth cell includes: in the case of the third cell existing in the fifth cell, Determine the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell according to the information of the third cell; determine the N according to the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell and the measurement result of the third cell the fourth district.
  • the terminal device can determine the measurement result of the fifth cell according to the measurement configuration sent by the second network device, and can also receive the information of the third cell sent by the second network device, and first determine whether the fifth cell is in the fifth cell.
  • N fourth cells may be determined according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the third cell, specifically: the information of the third cell may include the third cell
  • the ID of each cell, the effective carrier information of each cell, the information of different effective carriers can correspond to different priorities, that is, the information of different effective carriers of each cell corresponds to different priorities, the terminal equipment according to the third
  • the priority corresponding to each cell in the cells and the measurement result further determine N fourth cells.
  • the correspondence between the information of the valid carriers and the priority may be predefined by the protocol, or may be determined by the second network device.
  • the N fourth cells may be re-determined according to the measurement results of the sixth cell.
  • the determining the N fourth cells according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the fifth cell includes: in the case that the third cell does not exist in the fifth cell, according to the The N fourth cells are determined according to the measurement result of the fifth cell.
  • the terminal device first determines whether there is a third cell in the fifth cell, and if there is no third cell in the fifth cell, N fourth cells can be determined according to the measurement results of the fifth cell to Make sure that the terminal device is switched normally.
  • the communication method may further include: receiving a measurement configuration sent by a second network device, where the second network device is a network device corresponding to the second cell; and determining the measurement configuration according to the measurement configuration. The measurement result of the fifth cell is described.
  • the second network device may deliver a measurement configuration to the terminal device, and after the terminal device obtains the measurement result of the fifth cell according to the measurement configuration, it does not need to report the measurement result of the fifth cell to the second network device,
  • the N fourth cells are determined by the terminal device.
  • the communication method may further include: receiving the information of the third cell sent by the second network device.
  • the terminal device may receive the information of the third cell sent by the second network device.
  • the communication method may further include: receiving a measurement configuration sent by a second network device, where the second network device is a network device corresponding to the second cell; The second network device reports the measurement result of the fifth cell.
  • the second network device obtains the measurement result of the fifth cell from the terminal device by delivering the measurement configuration to the terminal device. After obtaining the measurement result of the fifth cell, the second network device may determine the first cell.
  • the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to a second network device or a module (for example, a chip) in the second network device.
  • the following takes the application to the second network device as an example describe.
  • the method includes: determining a first cell according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the fifth cell, and the effective carrier of the third cell and the effective carrier of the second cell have at least one same carrier.
  • the second network device may deliver a measurement configuration to the terminal device, receive the measurement result of the fifth cell determined according to the measurement configuration reported by the terminal device, and then according to the measurement result of the fifth cell and the third cell information to determine the first cell.
  • the effective carrier of each cell in the third cell and the effective carrier of the second cell exist the same carrier can be preferentially selected as The first cell, but if the measurement results of each cell are not good, the first cell determined from the third cell also does not meet the conditions for terminal equipment handover. Therefore, it may be considered to re-determine the first cell according to the measurement result of the sixth cell.
  • the sixth cell may be other cells in the fifth cell except the third cell, and the sixth cell may include an effective carrier that has no intersection with the effective carrier of the second cell, but has no intersection with the effective carrier of other cells except the second cell.
  • a cell with an intersection may also include a cell in which the effective carrier has no intersection with the effective carriers of the second cell and other cells except the second cell. Even if the effective carrier of the sixth cell does not have the same carrier as the effective carrier of the second cell, the measurement result of the first cell determined according to the sixth cell is good, even if random access is required, the normal handover of the terminal equipment is ensured .
  • the execution subject of the eighth aspect is the second network device
  • the specific content of the eighth aspect corresponds to the content of the seventh aspect
  • the corresponding features of the eighth aspect and the beneficial effects achieved can refer to the description of the seventh aspect, in order to avoid repetition , and the detailed description is appropriately omitted here.
  • the determining the first cell according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the fifth cell includes: in the case of the third cell existing in the fifth cell, according to the The information of the third cell determines the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell; the first cell is determined according to the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell and the measurement result of the third cell .
  • the second network device can receive the measurement result of the fifth cell sent by the terminal device, and first determine whether there is a third cell in the fifth cell, and if there is a third cell in the fifth cell, it can be determined according to
  • the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the third cell determine the first cell specifically: the information of the third cell may include the ID of each cell in the third cell, the effective carrier information of each cell, and the information of different effective carriers.
  • the information may correspond to different priorities, that is, information of different effective carriers of each cell corresponds to different priorities, and the second network device determines the first cell according to the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell and the measurement result.
  • the correspondence between the information of the valid carriers and the priority may be predefined by the protocol, or may be determined by the second network device.
  • the first cell may be re-determined according to the measurement result of the sixth cell.
  • the determining the first cell according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the fifth cell includes: in the case that the third cell does not exist in the fifth cell, according to the The first cell is determined by the measurement result of the fifth cell.
  • the second network device first determines whether there is a third cell in the fifth cell, and if the third cell does not exist in the fifth cell, the first cell can be determined according to the measurement result of the fifth cell to Make sure that the terminal device is switched normally.
  • the communication method may further include: sending a measurement configuration to the terminal device; and receiving a measurement result of the fifth cell sent by the terminal device.
  • the communication method may further include: receiving indication information of N fourth cells sent by the terminal device, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the N fourth cells are sent by the terminal device According to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the fifth cell, it is determined that the effective carrier of the third cell and the effective carrier of the second cell have at least one same carrier; the first cell is determined according to the N fourth cells. cell, the first cell is one of the N fourth cells.
  • the communication method may further include: sending a measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the communication method may further include: sending the information of the third cell to the terminal device.
  • a communication apparatus may be a terminal device or a module (eg, a chip) in the terminal device.
  • the communication device may include:
  • a processing unit configured to determine that after the terminal equipment switches from the second cell to the first cell, the carrier that the terminal equipment performs uplink transmission in the first cell is the first carrier; wherein the first carrier and the second carrier belong to the same A frequency band, and the second carrier is the carrier of the terminal device in the second cell.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: according to the sending timing of the terminal device on the second carrier, the downlink timing of the first cell, and the TA offset of the first cell value, determine the first TA value, the first TA value is the TA value of the terminal device on the first carrier.
  • the same carrier as the second carrier exists in the effective carrier of the first cell.
  • the terminal device switches to the second carrier in the second cell.
  • the communication device may further include:
  • a transceiver unit configured to receive first indication information sent by a second network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform uplink transmission in the first cell with the carrier being the first carrier.
  • the second network device is a network device corresponding to the second cell.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive first information sent by a second network device, where the first information includes a TA offset value of the first cell.
  • the first information further includes: a time slot offset value between the first cell and the second cell, a time slot offset between the first cell and the second cell at least one of the system frame number offset value of the first cell and the frame boundary offset value between the first cell and the second cell;
  • the processing unit determining the first TA value according to the transmission timing of the terminal device on the second carrier, the downlink timing of the first cell, and the TA offset value of the first cell includes: according to the The terminal device determines the first TA value at the transmission timing of the second carrier, the downlink timing of the first cell, and the first information.
  • the first TA value may satisfy the following formula:
  • N TA is the first TA value
  • T tt is the transmission timing of the terminal device on the second carrier
  • T is the downlink timing of the first cell
  • N TA-offset is the first TA offset value of a cell
  • T C 1/( ⁇ f max ⁇ N f )
  • T slot-offset is the first cell and the second cell
  • the time slot offset value between cells T sfn-offset is the system frame number offset value between the first cell and the second cell
  • the T Fb-offset is the first cell and the second cell. frame boundary offset value between the second cells.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive second indication information sent by the second network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first cell, the second indication information
  • the indication information includes the ID of the first cell.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a measurement configuration sent by the second network device; report the measurement result of the fifth cell to the second network device according to the measurement configuration;
  • the third cell is at least one of the fifth cells.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine N fourth cells according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the third cell
  • the effective carrier of the second cell has at least one same carrier as the effective carrier of the second cell;
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send the indication information of the N fourth cells to the second network device; and receive the second indication information sent by the second network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate For the first cell, the second indication information includes an ID of the first cell, and the first cell is one of the N fourth cells.
  • the determining, by the processing unit, the N fourth cells according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell includes: determining each of the third cells according to the information of the third cell. the priority corresponding to the number of cells; the N fourth cells are determined according to the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell and the measurement result of the third cell.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a measurement configuration sent by the second network device;
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine the measurement result of the fifth cell according to the measurement configuration.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive information about the third cell sent by the second network device, where the third cell is at least one of the fifth cells .
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send second information on the first carrier, where the second information is used to confirm the handover to the first network device, and the first network
  • the device is a network device corresponding to the first cell.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive third indication information sent by the second network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the second TA value is related to the first TA Whether the values are the same, the second TA value is the TA value of the terminal device on a fourth carrier, and the fourth carrier is a carrier of the terminal device in the first cell that is different from the first carrier.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send second information on the fourth carrier, where the second information is used to confirm the handover to the first network device.
  • a communication apparatus may be a second network device or a module (eg, a chip) in the second network device.
  • the communication device may include:
  • a transceiver unit configured to send first indication information to a terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the carrier on which the terminal device performs uplink transmission in the first cell is the first carrier, wherein the first The carrier and the second carrier belong to the same frequency band, and the second carrier is the carrier of the second cell.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send first information to the terminal device, where the first information includes a TA offset value of the first cell.
  • the first information further includes: a time slot offset value between the first cell and the second cell, a time slot offset between the first cell and the second cell at least one of the system frame number offset value of the first cell and the frame boundary offset value between the first cell and the second cell.
  • the communication device may further include:
  • a processing unit configured to determine the first cell according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell, and the effective carrier of the third cell and the effective carrier of the second cell have at least one same carrier;
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first cell, and the second indication information includes the ID of the first cell.
  • the processing unit determining the first cell according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell includes: determining each of the third cells according to the information of the third cell. the priority corresponding to each cell; the first cell is determined according to the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell and the measurement result of the third area.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device;
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a measurement result of a fifth cell sent by the terminal device; the third cell is at least one of the fifth cells.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive indication information of N fourth cells sent by the terminal device, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the N fourth cells are sent by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell that the effective carrier of the third cell and the effective carrier of the second cell have at least one same carrier;
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine the first cell according to the N fourth cells, where the first cell is one of the N fourth cells;
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first cell, and the second indication information includes the ID of the first cell.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send the information of the third cell to the terminal device, where the third cell is at least one of the fifth cells.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to indicate whether the second TA value is the same as the first TA value , the second TA value is the TA value of the terminal device on a fourth carrier, and the fourth carrier is a carrier of the terminal device in the first cell that is different from the first carrier.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send request information to the first network device, where the request information is used to request the terminal device to access the first network device, the first network device
  • the network device is a network device corresponding to the first cell.
  • a communication apparatus may be a first network device or a module (eg, a chip) in the first network device.
  • the communication device may include:
  • a transceiver unit configured to receive request information sent by a second network device, where the request information is used to request the terminal device to access the first network device, and the second network device is a network device corresponding to the second cell.
  • a twelfth aspect provides a communication apparatus, where the communication apparatus may be a terminal device or a module (eg, a chip) in the terminal device.
  • the communication apparatus may include: a transceiver unit configured to receive third information sent by a second network device, where the third information includes first indication information and an ID of a first cell, and the first indication information is used to indicate the The terminal device continues to send the uplink transmission to the fourth network device.
  • the communication apparatus may further include: a processing unit configured to determine, according to the first transmission timing, the downlink timing of the first cell, and the TA offset value of the first cell The first TA value, where the first TA value is used to continue sending uplink transmission to the fourth network device.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive first information sent by a second network device, where the first information includes a TA offset value of the first cell.
  • the first information further includes: a time slot offset value between the first cell and the second cell, a system between the first cell and the second cell at least one of a frame number offset value and a frame boundary offset value between the first cell and the second cell.
  • the processing unit determining the first TA value according to the first transmission timing, the downlink timing of the first cell, and the TA offset value of the first cell includes: according to the first A first TA value is determined upon transmission timing, downlink timing of the first cell, and the first information.
  • the first TA value may satisfy the following formula:
  • N TA is the first TA value
  • T tt is the first transmission timing
  • T is the downlink timing of the first cell
  • N TA-offset is the TA offset value of the first cell
  • T C 1/( ⁇ f max ⁇ N f )
  • T slot-offset is the time slot offset between the first cell and the second cell offset value
  • T sfn-offset is the system frame number offset value between the first cell and the second cell
  • the T Fb-offset is the offset value between the first cell and the second cell Frame boundary offset value.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive second indication information sent by the second network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first cell, the second indication information
  • the indication information includes the ID of the first cell.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a measurement configuration sent by the second network device; report the measurement result of the fifth cell to the second network device according to the measurement configuration;
  • the third cell is at least one of the fifth cells.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine N fourth cells according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the third cell
  • the effective carrier of the second cell has at least one same carrier as the effective carrier of the second cell;
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send indication information of the N fourth cells to a second network device; and receive second indication information sent by the second network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the A first cell, the second indication information includes an ID of the first cell, and the first cell is one of the N fourth cells.
  • the determining, by the processing unit, the N fourth cells according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell includes: determining each of the third cells according to the information of the third cell. the priority corresponding to the number of cells; the N fourth cells are determined according to the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell and the measurement result of the third cell.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a measurement configuration sent by the second network device; and determine a measurement result of the fifth cell according to the measurement configuration.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive information about the third cell sent by the second network device, where the third cell is at least one of the fifth cells .
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send uplink transmission information to the first network device when the fourth network device is the first network device, and the uplink The transmission information includes second information, the second information is used to confirm the handover to the first network device; or if the fourth network device is the second network device, to the second network device Send uplink transmission information, where the uplink transmission information includes second information, and the second information is used to confirm the handover to the first network device.
  • a thirteenth aspect provides a communication apparatus, where the communication apparatus may be a second network device, or may be a module (eg, a chip) in the second network device.
  • the communication apparatus may include: a transceiver unit, configured to send third information to the terminal device, where the third information includes first indication information and an ID of the first cell, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to continue An uplink transmission is sent to the fourth network device.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send first information to the terminal device, where the first information includes a TA offset value of the first cell.
  • the first information further includes: a time slot offset value between the first cell and the second cell, a system between the first cell and the second cell at least one of a frame number offset value and a frame boundary offset value between the first cell and the second cell.
  • the communication apparatus may further include: a processing unit, configured to determine the first cell according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell, where the effective carrier of the third cell is the same as that of the third cell. There is at least one identical carrier in the effective carrier of the second cell;
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first cell, and the second indication information includes the ID of the first cell.
  • the processing unit determining the first cell according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell includes: determining each of the third cells according to the information of the third cell. the priority corresponding to each cell; the first cell is determined according to the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell and the measurement result of the third area.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a measurement result of a fifth cell sent by the terminal device; the third cell is at least one of the fifth cells.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive indication information of N fourth cells sent by the terminal device, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the N fourth cells are sent by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell that the effective carrier of the third cell and the effective carrier of the second cell have at least one same carrier;
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine the first cell according to the N fourth cells, where the first cell is one of the N fourth cells;
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first cell, and the second indication information includes the ID of the first cell.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send the information of the third cell to the terminal device, where the third cell is at least one of the fifth cells.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send request information to the first network device, where the request information is used to request the terminal device to access the first network device.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive uplink transmission information sent by the terminal device when the fourth network device is the second network device, and the uplink transmission The information includes second information for confirming the handover to the first network device.
  • a fourteenth aspect provides a communication apparatus, where the communication apparatus may be a first network device, or may be a module (eg, a chip) in the first network device.
  • the communication apparatus may include: a transceiver unit, configured to receive uplink transmission information sent by the terminal device when the fourth network device is the first network device, where the uplink transmission information includes second information, and the second information uses to confirm the handover to the first network device.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive request information sent by a second network device, where the request information is used to request the terminal device to access the first network device.
  • a fifteenth aspect provides a communication apparatus, where the communication apparatus may be a terminal device or a module (eg, a chip) in the terminal device.
  • the communication device may include: a processing unit configured to determine N fourth cells according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the fifth cell, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the effective carrier of the third cell is the same as that of the third cell. There is at least one identical carrier in the effective carrier of the second cell;
  • a transceiver unit configured to send the indication information of the N fourth cells to a second network device, where the second network device is a network device corresponding to the second cell;
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive second indication information sent by the second network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first cell, and the second indication information includes the information of the first cell. ID, the first cell is one of the N fourth cells.
  • the processing unit determines, according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the fifth cell, that the N fourth cells include: the situation of the third cell existing in the fifth cell , determine the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell according to the information of the third cell; determine the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell and the measurement result of the third cell
  • the N fourth cells are described.
  • the processing unit determining the N fourth cells according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the fifth cell includes: if the third cell does not exist in the fifth cell, The N fourth cells are determined according to the measurement result of the fifth cell.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a measurement configuration sent by a second network device, where the second network device is a network device corresponding to the second cell;
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine the measurement result of the fifth cell according to the measurement configuration.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive the information of the third cell sent by the second network device.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a measurement configuration sent by a second network device, where the second network device is a network device corresponding to the second cell; The second network device reports the measurement result of the fifth cell.
  • a sixteenth aspect provides a communication apparatus, where the communication apparatus may be a second network device, or may be a module (eg, a chip) in the second network device.
  • the communication device may include:
  • the processing unit is configured to determine the first cell according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the fifth cell, and the effective carrier of the third cell and the effective carrier of the second cell have at least one same carrier.
  • the processing unit determining the first cell according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the fifth cell includes: in the case of the third cell existing in the fifth cell, The priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell is determined according to the information of the third cell; the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell is determined according to the priority of each cell in the third cell and the measurement result of the third cell. A district.
  • the processing unit determining the first cell according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the fifth cell includes: if the third cell does not exist in the fifth cell, The first cell is determined according to the measurement result of the fifth cell.
  • the communication device further includes:
  • a transceiver unit configured to send a measurement configuration to the terminal device; and receive the measurement result of the fifth cell sent by the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive indication information of N fourth cells sent by the terminal device, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the N fourth cells are sent by the terminal device.
  • the device determines, according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the fifth cell, that the effective carrier of the third cell and the effective carrier of the second cell have at least one same carrier;
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine a first cell according to the N fourth cells, where the first cell is one of the N fourth cells.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send the information of the third cell to the terminal device.
  • a seventeenth aspect provides a communication apparatus, where the communication apparatus may be a terminal device or a module (eg, a chip) in the terminal device.
  • the communication apparatus may comprise a processor for executing a computer program which, when executed, causes the communication apparatus to execute
  • the communication apparatus may further include a memory for storing the computer program.
  • a communication apparatus may be a second network device or a module (eg, a chip) in the second network device.
  • the communication apparatus may comprise a processor for executing a computer program which, when executed, causes the communication apparatus to execute
  • the communication apparatus may further include a memory for storing the computer program.
  • a nineteenth aspect provides a communication apparatus, where the communication apparatus may be a first network device or a module (eg, a chip) in the first network device.
  • the communication apparatus may comprise a processor for executing a computer program which, when executed, causes the communication apparatus to execute
  • the communication apparatus may further include a memory for storing the computer program.
  • a twentieth aspect provides a communication system, the communication system comprising the communication device of the ninth aspect, the communication device of the tenth aspect, the communication device of the eleventh aspect, the communication device of the twelfth aspect, and the thirteenth aspect The communication device of the fourteenth aspect, the communication device of the fifteenth aspect, and the communication device of the sixteenth aspect.
  • a twenty-first aspect provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program or computer instruction is stored, when the computer program or computer instruction is executed, the above-mentioned first aspect and any one possible implementation, the second aspect and any possible implementation thereof, the third aspect and any possible implementation thereof, the fourth aspect and any possible implementation thereof, the fifth aspect and any possible implementation thereof.
  • a twenty-second aspect further provides a computer program product comprising executable instructions, which, when the computer program product is run on a user equipment, enables the first aspect and any possible implementation thereof, the second aspect and any possible realization thereof, the third aspect and any possible realization thereof, the fourth aspect and any possible realization thereof, the fifth aspect and any possible realization thereof, the sixth aspect and its Some or all of the steps of the communication method described in any of the possible implementations, the seventh aspect and any of its possible implementations, and the eighth aspect and any of its possible implementations are performed.
  • a twenty-third aspect provides a chip system
  • the chip system includes a processor, and may also include a memory, for implementing the first aspect and any possible implementation thereof, the second aspect and any possible implementation thereof implementation, the third aspect and any possible implementation thereof, the fourth aspect and any possible implementation thereof, the fifth aspect and any possible implementation thereof, the sixth aspect and any possible implementation thereof , the seventh aspect and any possible implementation thereof, and the communication method described in the eighth aspect and any possible implementation thereof.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an uplink carrier coverage provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a relationship between uplink and downlink sequences of data provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 5 is a schematic diagram of the relationship between the uplink and downlink sequence of another data provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a switching scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another switching scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of another switching scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of another switching scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of another handover scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • a cell generally includes an uplink carrier (the uplink carrier may be referred to as a NUL carrier) and a downlink (DL) carrier (downlink carrier).
  • the uplink carrier and the DL carrier are in the same frequency band. .
  • the frequency bands and frequency points used are relatively high, such as millimeter waves. The higher the frequency band, the greater the signal transmission loss. Since the transmit power of the terminal equipment is limited, the uplink coverage of the terminal equipment is limited. Therefore, the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) NR protocol introduces a SUL carrier into the uplink carrier, and NR support can configure a SUL carrier in addition to a NUL carrier in a cell.
  • the uplink transmission may be performed through the NUL carrier and/or the SUL carrier of the cell.
  • the system information block (SIB) of the serving cell may include whether the cell is configured with an SUL carrier.
  • the SUL carrier is generally in a low frequency band, such as a long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) frequency band, which can be used to ensure uplink coverage of terminal equipment.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • the SUL carrier frequency is lower than the NUL carrier frequency, due to propagation loss and other reasons, the coverage of the SUL carrier will be larger than that of the NUL carrier, so using the SUL carrier can improve the uplink coverage of the cell;
  • the coverage of the NUL carrier due to reasons such as ratios is smaller than the coverage of the DL carrier corresponding to the NUL.
  • Using the SUL carrier can also align the coverage of the uplink carrier of the cell with the coverage of the DL carrier corresponding to the NUL. When the difference between the SUL carrier frequency and the NUL carrier frequency is larger, the coverage of the SUL will be larger than the coverage of the DL carrier corresponding to the NUL.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of uplink carrier coverage provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the cell of site 1 has a NUL carrier and a DL carrier corresponding to the NUL carrier;
  • the cell of site 2 has a NUL carrier, a DL carrier corresponding to the NUL carrier, and a SUL carrier.
  • the uplink coverage of the SUL carrier may be larger than the coverage of the DL carrier corresponding to the NUL carrier of the same site. In this way, multiple cells can be covered by the same SUL carrier, for example, the cell in site 1 is also covered by the SUL carrier in site 2 at the same time.
  • N TA-offset The offset of the uplink transmission time relative to the downlink reception time, which is used to ensure that the terminal device in the time division duplex (TDD) mode has enough time to complete the uplink transmission at the same frequency point to the downlink receiving device. switch.
  • the value of N TA-offset can be configured by RRC. If there is no high-level signaling notification, the value predefined by the protocol can be used.
  • the NUL carrier and the SUL carrier may belong to the same timing advance group (TAG), and the two uplink carriers in one TAG use the same timing reference cell and the same TA value.
  • the TA offset value N TA-offset of the NUL carrier and the SUL carrier is also the same.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of uplink data transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the time (in time) of the first detection path of the corresponding downlink frame For a serving cell in a primary timing advance group (PTAG), the terminal equipment should use a special cell (special cell, SpCell) as a reference cell to obtain the terminal equipment sending timing of the cell in the PTAG.
  • the terminal device may use any activated SpCell as a reference cell to obtain the terminal device sending timing of the cell in the STAG.
  • the transmission timing of the terminal device can also be understood as the start time of the uplink frame transmission of the terminal device in FIG. 2 .
  • the terminal equipment when the terminal equipment performs handover, it needs to perform random access on the NUL carrier or SUL carrier of the first cell to obtain the TA value of the uplink carrier of the terminal equipment in the first cell, and then according to the TA value.
  • the uplink synchronization of the terminal equipment in the first cell is completed.
  • the problem of time delay and interruption may occur in the handover process of the terminal equipment to the target cell that requires random access, so that the efficiency of communication is reduced.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which can improve the efficiency of communication.
  • the terminal device when the signal quality of the current cell becomes poor, the terminal device can perform handover, which is different from the prior art, that is, the terminal device needs random access during the handover process, so as to determine that the terminal device switches to the first cell.
  • the carrier on which the terminal device performs uplink transmission in the first cell is the first carrier, and the first carrier may be is the carrier of the terminal device in the first cell, the second carrier may be the carrier of the terminal device in the second cell, and then determine the TA value of the terminal device in the first carrier.
  • the terminal equipment can continue to send uplink transmission on the SUL carrier in the first cell, that is, the terminal equipment can continue to send uplink transmissions on the SUL carrier in the first cell.
  • the uplink transmission can be sent on the same carrier as the first cell, that is, the SUL carrier, and then the TA value of the SUL carrier of the terminal device in the first cell is determined.
  • the uplink synchronization of the SUL carrier of the terminal device in the first cell can be realized without random access. Therefore, the solution provided by the present application can effectively avoid the delay and interruption problems that may occur during the handover process of the terminal equipment to the first cell that requires random access, and can improve the efficiency of communication.
  • the network architecture used in the embodiments of the present application is first described below.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network architecture may include at least two cells, for example, a first cell belonging to a first network device and a second cell belonging to a second network device, the network architecture may also include at least one terminal device, a terminal When the device moves from the second cell to the first cell, handover may occur, that is, handover from the second cell to the first cell.
  • the handover mentioned in the embodiments of this application may be cell handover.
  • the first cell may be a target cell (target cell), and the second cell may be a source (original) cell (source cell).
  • the first network device may be a target network device, and the second network device may be a source (original) network device, that is, the first network device is a network device corresponding to the first cell, and the second network device is a network device corresponding to the second cell Network equipment.
  • the first cell may be a neighboring cell of the second cell.
  • the first cell is one of at least one neighboring cell of the second cell, and the neighboring cell of the second cell may also be
  • the above-mentioned first cell may be a cell in the candidate cells, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • one network device may correspond to one or more cells.
  • the second cell and the first cell may belong to the same network device, that is, the first network device and the second network device may be the same network device.
  • the terminal device performs handover within the network device.
  • the second cell and the first cell may belong to different network devices, that is, the first network device and the second network device may be different network devices. In this case, the terminal device performs handover between network devices.
  • GSM global system for mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • LTE LTE frequency division duplex
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunications system
  • EDGE enhanced data rate for GSM evolution
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application may also be applied to other communication systems, such as a public land mobile network (PLMN) system, a fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) system or a communication system after 5G or a new wireless ( new radio, NR), etc., which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • 5G fifth generation
  • NR new wireless
  • the terminal device in this embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as a user terminal.
  • the user terminal can be a device that includes a wireless transceiver function and can cooperate with a network device to provide a communication service for the user.
  • a user terminal may refer to a UE, a user, a satellite phone, a satellite terminal, a subscriber unit, a cellular phone, a smart phone, a smart watch, a wireless data card, a personal Personal digital assistant (PDA) computer, tablet computer, wireless modem (modem), handheld device (handset), laptop computer (laptop computer), machine type communication (machine type communication, MTC) terminal, etc.
  • PDA personal Personal digital assistant
  • the terminal device may be a vehicle-mounted device or a wearable device, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a driverless ( Wireless terminal in self driving), wireless terminal in remote medical, wireless terminal in smart grid, wireless terminal in transportation safety, wireless terminal in smart city A terminal, a wireless terminal in a smart home, a 5G network, or a terminal device in a future communication network, etc., are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • VR virtual reality
  • AR augmented reality
  • wireless terminal in industrial control a driverless ( Wireless terminal in self driving)
  • wireless terminal in remote medical wireless terminal in smart grid, wireless terminal in transportation safety, wireless terminal in smart city A terminal, a wireless terminal in a smart home, a 5G network, or a terminal device in a future communication network, etc.
  • the network device in this embodiment of the present application may be a device used to communicate with a terminal device, for example, may be a global system for mobile communications (GSM) system or a code division multiple access (code division multiple access) device.
  • a base station base transceiver station, BTS
  • BTS can also be a base station (NodeB, NB) in a wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, or an evolutional Node B in an LTE system , eNB or eNodeB), it can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay station, an access point, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, and future 5G
  • the network equipment in the network or the network after 5G or the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc. for example, the transmission point (TRP or TP) in the NR system, the base station (gNB) in the NR system, the base station in the 5G system.
  • the base station in this embodiment of the present application may include various forms of base station, for example: a macro base station, a micro base station (also referred to as a small cell), a relay station, an access point, a next-generation base station (gNodeB, gNB), a transmission point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmitting point (transmitting point, TP), mobile switching center and device-to-device (Device-to-Device, D2D), vehicle outreach (vehicle-to-everything, V2X), machine A device that undertakes the function of a base station in machine-to-machine (M2M) communication, etc., is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application, as long as the program that records the codes of the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application can be executed to execute the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application. It is sufficient to perform communication.
  • the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or network device that can call and execute a program.
  • various aspects or features of the present application may be implemented as a method, apparatus, or article of manufacture using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer readable device, carrier or medium.
  • computer readable media may include, but are not limited to, magnetic storage devices (eg, hard disks, floppy disks, or magnetic tapes, etc.), optical disks (eg, compact discs (CDs), digital versatile discs (DVDs), etc. ), smart cards and flash memory devices (eg, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, stick or key drives, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein can represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable medium” may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the functions performed by the terminal device in this application may also be performed by modules (for example, chips) in the terminal equipment, and the functions performed by the first network device in this application may also be performed by modules in the first network device (for example, chips). , chip) to perform, the functions performed by the second network device in this application may also be performed by a module (eg, a chip) in the second network device.
  • the communication method may include the following steps.
  • the second network device sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may receive the measurement configuration sent by the second network device.
  • the second network device may configure the measurement process of the terminal device and the report of the terminal device according to the measurement configuration, and may send the measurement configuration message to the terminal device through an RRC message, and the measurement configuration message may include the object to be measured by the terminal device, the cell list, the report
  • the method, the measurement identifier, and the event parameter may also include a measurement signal, etc.
  • the measurement signal may be an SSB signal or a reference signal.
  • the second network device may send new measurement conditions to the terminal device.
  • the second network device may be a network device corresponding to the second cell.
  • a certain network device is a network device corresponding to a certain cell
  • a certain network device is a network device to which a certain cell belongs
  • a certain network device serves a certain cell
  • cell information may be acquired from the network device, and the information may be scheduling information, which may be used for uplink transmission from the terminal device to the network device or downlink transmission from the network device to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends the measurement result of the fifth cell to the second network device.
  • the second network device may receive the measurement result of the fifth cell sent by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device After receiving the measurement configuration sent by the second network device, the terminal device can measure the second cell, and can also determine whether it is necessary to perform the measurement of the adjacent cells of the second cell according to the RRC message, so as to obtain the measurement result of the fifth cell .
  • the fifth cell includes a cell corresponding to the measurement configuration, which may include the second cell, and may also include adjacent cells of the second cell.
  • the measurement result of the fifth cell may include the measurement result of the second cell, and may also include the measurement result of the adjacent cell.
  • the terminal device may send the measurement result of the fifth cell to the second network device.
  • the transmission of the measurement result of the fifth cell by the terminal device to the second network device may be periodic or event-triggered. For example, when the measurement report condition is met, the terminal device reports the measurement of the fifth cell to the second network device result.
  • the measurement results may include reference signal received power (RSRP), reference signal received quality (RSRQ), and signal-to-noise and interference ratio (SINR).
  • RSRP reference signal received power
  • RSRQ reference signal received quality
  • SINR signal-to-noise and interference ratio
  • the second network device determines the first cell according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the third cell.
  • the second network device After the second network device receives the measurement result of the fifth cell sent by the terminal device, it can decide to hand over the terminal device according to the measurement result of the fifth cell, that is, whether the terminal device needs to be handed over.
  • the information of the cell and the measurement result of the third cell determine the first cell
  • the third cell may be at least one cell in the fifth cell
  • the effective carrier of the third cell and the effective carrier of the second cell have at least one same carrier.
  • the information of the third cell is known by the second terminal device. Since the third cell is at least one cell in the fifth cell, the measurement result of the third cell can be obtained from the measurement result of the fifth cell reported by the terminal device. , so the second network device can determine the first cell according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell.
  • the effective carrier of the third cell and the effective carrier of the second cell have the same carrier. It can be understood that one of the effective carriers of the second cell exists in the effective carrier of the third cell. It can also be understood that the second cell One of the effective carriers of the cell is the same carrier as one of the effective carriers of the third cell. There may be at least one carrier whose effective carrier of the third cell is the same as that of the second cell.
  • One of the effective carriers of the second cell and one of the effective carriers of the third cell are the same carrier, which can be understood as one of the effective carriers of the terminal device in the second cell and the effective carrier of the third cell.
  • the uplink transmission sent by one carrier in the cell is received by the same network device and meets at least one of the following conditions: the carrier frequency of one carrier in the effective carrier of the second cell is the same as the carrier frequency of one carrier in the effective carrier of the third cell; the second One of the effective carriers of the cell has the same frequency reference point as one of the effective carriers of the third cell; one of the effective carriers of the second cell has the same frequency position as one of the effective carriers of the third cell ;
  • the carrier bandwidth of the first carrier and the second carrier are the same.
  • the information of the third cell may include the ID of each cell in the third cell and the effective carrier information of each cell. Specifically, in an embodiment, the information of the third cell may be as shown in Table 1.
  • Carrier 1 (frequency) Cell 1, Cell 2... Cell 5 Carrier 2 (frequency) Cell 1, Cell 6... Cell 10 ... ... Carrier n (frequency) Cell 11, ... Cell m, Cell n
  • the information of the third cell may include the ID of each cell, for example, cell 1, cell 2, . . . , cell m, cell n, where n, m are integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the information of the third cell may also include information on which cells each carrier is configured to, for example, carrier 1 is configured in cell 1, cell 2, ..., cell 5; carrier 2 is configured in cell 1, cell 6, ..., in cell 10; ...; carrier n is configured in cell 11, ..., cell m, cell n; may also include frequency information of each carrier, for example, what is the frequency of carrier 1 and what is the frequency of carrier 2 , ..., what is the frequency of carrier n.
  • the cell IDs and numbers, and the carrier IDs and numbers in Table 1 are only for illustration, and are not limited in this application.
  • the carrier and the cell where the carrier is located may be on the same site or on different sites.
  • carrier 1 and cell 1, cell 2, ..., and cell 5 may be on the same site or different sites;
  • carrier 2 and cell 1, cell 6, ..., and cell 10 may be on the same site, It may also be at different sites;
  • carrier n and cells 11, . . . , cell m, and cell n may be at the same site or at different sites.
  • Carrier 1 carrier 2, . . . , carrier n includes the second carrier, and also includes other carriers other than the second carrier in the effective carriers of the second cell.
  • the information of the third cell may be as shown in Table 2.
  • Cell 1 Carrier 1 (frequency), carrier 2 (frequency)...carrier 5 (frequency) Cell 2 carrier 1 (frequency), carrier 6 (frequency)...carrier 10 (frequency) ... ... cell n Carrier 11 (frequency), ... carrier m (frequency), carrier n (frequency)
  • the information of the third cell may include the ID of each cell, for example, cell 1, cell 2, ..., cell n, where n is an integer greater than or equal to 1; it may also include the carrier of each cell, such as , cell 1 has carrier 1, carrier 2, ..., carrier 5; cell 2 has carrier 1, carrier 6, ..., carrier 10; ...; cell n has carrier 11, ..., carrier m, carrier n, where m is greater than or equal to 1 It can also include the frequency information of each carrier, for example, what is the frequency of carrier 1, what is the frequency of carrier 2, ..., what is the frequency of carrier n.
  • the cell IDs and numbers, and the carrier IDs and numbers in Table 2 are only for illustration, and are not limited in this application.
  • the cell and the carrier of the cell may be at the same site or at different sites.
  • cell 1 and carrier 1, carrier 2, ..., carrier 5 may be on the same site or different sites
  • cell 2 and carrier 1, carrier 6, ..., carrier 10 may be on the same site, It can also be on different sites
  • cell n and carrier 11, . . . , carrier m, and carrier n can be on the same site or on different sites.
  • Carrier 1 carrier 2, . . . , carrier n includes the second carrier, and also includes other carriers other than the second carrier in the effective carriers of the second cell.
  • An effective carrier can be understood as a carrier that covers a cell, or a carrier that covers a cell and can be configured, or a carrier that can be configured in a cell, or a carrier that belongs to a cell, or a carrier that is configured for use by terminal equipment, or a carrier that is used by a cell.
  • the number of effective carriers may be one or more, which is not limited in this application.
  • the data or control information that the terminal device is scheduled in the cell can be sent on the active carrier.
  • the second network device determines the first cell according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the third cell, specifically:
  • the second network device may first determine the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell according to the information of the third cell, and then determine the first cell according to the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell and the measurement result of the third cell:
  • the priority can be reflected from the priority value corresponding to each cell, and the priority value can be determined according to at least one value.
  • the priority values may have a first value, a second value, a third value, and a fourth value, where:
  • the first value can be assigned to the cell, and the second carrier can be the carrier of the second cell;
  • a second value can be assigned to the cell
  • the cell can be assigned a third value
  • a fourth value may be assigned to the cell.
  • the co-site can represent the co-site between the carriers and the carrier, the co-site between the cells, and the co-site between the network device and the network device. It can also represent the co-site site between the cell and the carrier, the co-site site between the carrier and the network device, and the co-site site between the cell and the network device. For example, if the network device corresponding to an uplink carrier and the network device corresponding to the downlink carrier of the cell are at the same site, it can indicate that the uplink carrier and the cell share the same site. If the network device and the network device corresponding to the downlink carrier of the cell are at different sites, it can indicate that the uplink carrier and the cell are in different sites.
  • the network device corresponding to the uplink carrier can be understood as the network device that can receive the uplink transmission sent by the terminal device on this carrier.
  • the network device corresponding to the downlink carrier can be understood as that the terminal device can receive the downlink transmission of the network device on this carrier.
  • two uplink carriers share the same site address, which can indicate that the cells or network devices that receive data on these two carriers are located at the same site, or the same cell or the same network device.
  • the two carriers share the same site address, which can represent that the cells or network devices that communicate with the terminal device on the two carriers are located at the same site, or the same cell or the same network device.
  • the different sites can represent the different sites between the carriers and the carriers, the different sites between the cells, and the different sites between the network equipment and the network equipment. It can also represent the different site addresses between the cell and the carrier, the different site addresses between the carrier and the network device, and the different site addresses between the cell and the network device.
  • the two uplink carriers have different sites, which can indicate that the cells or network devices that receive data on the two carriers are located at different sites.
  • the two carriers have different sites, which may represent that the cells or network devices that communicate with the terminal device on the two carriers are located at different sites.
  • the first numerical value, the second numerical value, the third numerical value and the fourth numerical value may be different numerical values, and a cell having a carrier that shares a site with the second carrier among the valid carriers is preferentially selected.
  • the first value may be greater than the second value, the second value may be greater than the third value, and the third value may be greater than the fourth value; or the first value may be greater than the third value, the third value may be greater than the second value, and the second value may be greater than the second value.
  • the numerical value may be greater than the fourth numerical value.
  • the larger the priority value the higher the priority of the cell.
  • the cell with the highest value may be selected as the priority of the cell, and each cell may be assigned once. For example, if the cell satisfies both the first value and the third value assigned A value greater than the third value is assigned to the cell with the first value.
  • the sum of at least one of the first value, the second value, the third value and the fourth value may be used as the priority value of the cell; or the first value, the second value, the third value
  • the weighted sum of at least one of the numerical value and the fourth numerical value is used as the priority numerical value of the cell. For example, if a cell satisfies the assignment of the first value and the third value at the same time, the sum of the first value and the third value can be used as the priority value of the cell, or the weight of the first value and the third value can be used. and as the priority value of the cell.
  • the second network device After the second network device determines the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell according to the information of the third cell, it can determine the first cell according to the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell and the measurement result of the third cell.
  • the measurement result of the third cell is digitized, and the total value of each cell is determined according to the priority value and the measurement result value corresponding to each cell in the third cell, and the second network device can determine the first cell according to the total value of each cell.
  • Cells for example, the first cell may be the cell with the highest total value.
  • a cell with a good measurement result may be preferentially selected as the first cell according to the measurement results of the cells; if the measurement results of the cells are the same, the cell may be selected according to the priority of the cells The cell with high priority is preferentially selected as the first cell.
  • first numerical value, the second numerical value, the third numerical value and the fourth numerical value may be set in advance by the second network device, or may be predefined in the protocol, or may be obtained after obtaining the information of the third cell is set in real time, which is not limited in this application.
  • the second network device sends request information for requesting the terminal device to access the first network device to the first network device.
  • the first network device may receive request information sent by the second network device for requesting the terminal device to access the first network device.
  • the second network device may send request information to the first network device through a transparent RRC container, where the request information may be used to request the terminal device to access the first network device.
  • the first network device may be a network device corresponding to the first cell.
  • the RRC container may carry the information required to prepare the handover at the target side , and the information may include the first cell ID, the cell-radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI) of the terminal equipment in the second network equipment, Including the RRM configuration of the terminal device inactivity time, the system information block 1 (system information block 1, SIB1) from the second network device, the terminal device capabilities for different radio access technologies (radio access technology, RAT), these information also Measurement information reported by the terminal device (including beam-related information, if available) may be included.
  • C-RNTI cell-radio network temporary identifier
  • the first network device may determine whether to allow the terminal device to access.
  • the first network device may send permission information for allowing the terminal device to access the first network device to the second network device, and may also send to the second network device to be used as a A transparent container in which an RRC message is sent to an end device to enable the end device to perform a handover.
  • the second network equipment may re-determine the first cell according to step 403, and then send the request information for requesting the terminal equipment to access the third network equipment to the third network equipment, and the third network equipment
  • the network device may be a network device corresponding to the first cell re-determined by the second network device.
  • the third network device may receive request information sent by the second network device for requesting the terminal device to access the third network device, and determine whether to allow the terminal device to access.
  • the third network device sends permission information for allowing the terminal device to access the third network device to the second network device.
  • the second network device sends second indication information for indicating the information of the first cell to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may receive the second indication information sent by the second network device and used to indicate the information of the first cell.
  • the second network device may send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the information of the first cell, and also
  • the terminal device can be triggered to perform handover by sending a message to the terminal device, the message can include the information needed to access the first cell: the first cell ID and the first network device security algorithm identifier of the selected security algorithm, etc., the message can be It is carried in an RRC message or a physical downlink shared channel (physical dounlink control channel, PDCCH) message.
  • PDCCH physical downlink shared channel
  • the terminal device receives the second indication information sent by the second network device, and the terminal device can determine which cell is the first cell to be switched to by using the ID of the first cell included in the second indication information, so that the terminal device does not need to read the information.
  • the first cell can be accessed by obtaining the system information, which can improve the communication efficiency.
  • the terminal device may determine that after the terminal device switches from the second cell to the first cell, the carrier on which the terminal device performs uplink transmission in the first cell is the first carrier.
  • uplink transmission can be performed on the first carrier in the same frequency band as the second carrier;
  • the second cell and the first cell can perform uplink transmission on the first carrier at the same frequency position as the second carrier; it can also be understood that before the handover of the terminal device until after the handover, in the second cell and the first cell, the On the same carrier, that is, the second carrier, uplink transmission continues.
  • the first carrier is the carrier of the first cell
  • the second carrier is the carrier of the second cell. It can be understood that the first carrier is the carrier corresponding to the first cell, and the second carrier is the carrier corresponding to the second cell; it can also be understood as , the first carrier is a carrier configured by the first cell, and the second carrier is a carrier configured by the second cell.
  • the first carrier and the second carrier may belong to the same frequency band, and the uplink transmission sent by the terminal device on the first carrier and the second carrier is received by the same network device.
  • the first carrier and the second carrier are the same carrier.
  • the first carrier and the second carrier are the same carrier, which can be understood as the uplink transmission sent by the terminal device on the first carrier and the second carrier is received by the same network device, and meets at least one of the following conditions: the first carrier and the second carrier
  • the carrier frequencies of the carriers are the same; the frequency reference points of the first carrier and the second carrier are the same; the frequency positions of the first carrier and the second carrier are the same; the carrier bandwidths of the first carrier and the second carrier are the same.
  • the carrier on which the terminal device performs uplink transmission in the first cell is the first carrier. It can be understood that after the terminal device is switched, it communicates with the first network device in the first cell , the first network device can send downlink transmission to the terminal device, the terminal device can send uplink transmission on the first carrier to the fourth network device, and the fourth network device can then send the data of the uplink transmission to the first network device, for example, the fourth network device
  • the network device may send the uplink transmission data to the first network device through the backhaul.
  • the terminal device can directly send uplink transmission to the first network device on the first carrier, the first carrier and the second carrier belong to the same frequency band, and the terminal device is on the first carrier and the first carrier.
  • the uplink transmission sent by the two carriers is received by the same network device.
  • the second carrier is the carrier of the terminal device in the second cell.
  • the carrier on which the terminal equipment performs uplink transmission in the first cell is the first carrier.
  • a cell can send uplink transmission to the fourth network device on the first carrier in the same frequency band as the second carrier; it can also be understood that before the handover of the terminal device until after the handover, in the second cell and the first cell, the Send uplink transmission to the fourth network device on the first carrier at the same frequency position as the second carrier; it can also be understood that before the terminal device is switched to after the switch, the second cell and the first cell can be on the same carrier , that is, the second carrier, continues to send the uplink transmission to the fourth network device.
  • the supplementary uplink (SUL) carrier of the terminal device in the first cell and the SUL carrier in the second cell belong to the same frequency band, and the terminal device is in the two cells respectively, and the SUL carrier sends the uplink to the fourth network device.
  • the fourth network device refers to a network device that can receive the uplink transmission sent by the terminal device on the SUL carrier.
  • the SUL carrier of the terminal equipment in the first cell and the NUL carrier of the second cell belong to the same frequency band, and the terminal equipment is in the two cells respectively, and sends the uplink transmission to the fourth network equipment on the NUL (or SUL) carrier
  • the fourth network device refers to a network device that can receive the uplink transmission sent by the terminal device on the NUL (or SUL) carrier.
  • the NUL carrier of the terminal device in the first cell and the SUL carrier of the second cell belong to the same frequency band, and the terminal device is in the two cells respectively, and sends the uplink transmission to the fourth network device on the SUL (or NUL) carrier
  • the fourth network device refers to a network device that can receive the uplink transmission sent by the terminal device on the SUL (or NUL) carrier. Therefore, the solution provided by the present application can effectively avoid the delay and interruption problems that may occur during the handover process of the terminal equipment to the first cell that requires random access, and can improve the efficiency of communication.
  • the same carrier as the second carrier exists in the effective carrier of the first cell. If there is the same carrier as the second carrier in the effective carrier of the first cell, it can be guaranteed that the terminal equipment performs uplink transmission on the first carrier after switching from the second cell to the first cell; There is a carrier in the same frequency band as the second carrier in the effective carrier of the cell, and the uplink transmission sent by the terminal equipment in the effective carrier of the first cell and the second carrier is received by the same network equipment, which can also ensure that the terminal equipment switches from the second cell. After arriving at the first cell, uplink transmission is performed on the first carrier. In this way, handover can be realized without random access, and the communication efficiency can be improved. If the effective carrier of the first cell does not have the same carrier as the second carrier, random access is also performed during the handover process of the terminal equipment, which may cause problems of delay and interruption.
  • the same carrier as the second carrier exists in the effective carrier of the first cell. It can be understood that the second carrier exists in the effective carrier of the first cell. It can also be understood that one of the effective carriers of the first cell is related to the first The two carriers are the same carrier. At least one carrier that is the same as the second carrier exists in the effective carriers of the first cell.
  • One of the effective carriers of the first cell and the second carrier are the same carrier, which can be understood as the uplink transmission sent by the terminal equipment in one of the effective carriers of the first cell and the second carrier is received by the same network device. , and at least one of the following conditions is met: one of the effective carriers of the first cell is the same as the carrier frequency of the second carrier; one of the effective carriers of the first cell is the same as the frequency reference point of the second carrier; the first cell has the same frequency reference point; One of the effective carriers of the 1 has the same frequency position as the second carrier; the carrier bandwidths of the first carrier and the second carrier are the same.
  • the terminal device when the carrier of the terminal device in the second cell is the third carrier, and the effective carrier of the first cell does not have the same carrier as the third carrier, the terminal device can The cell is switched to the second carrier first, and the second carrier is the same carrier as the effective carrier in the first cell. In this way, it can be ensured that the same carrier as the second carrier exists in the effective carrier of the first cell, and it can be ensured that the terminal equipment performs uplink transmission on the first carrier after handover. In this way, handover can be realized without random access, and the communication efficiency can be improved.
  • the carrier of the terminal equipment in the second cell is the third carrier, and the effective carrier of the first cell does not exist in the same frequency band as the third carrier, and the effective carrier of the terminal equipment in the first cell and the third carrier
  • the terminal device may first switch to the second carrier in the second cell.
  • the second carrier is a carrier in the same frequency band as the effective carrier of the first cell, and the terminal device is in the The uplink transmission sent by the effective carrier of the second carrier and the first cell is received by the same network device.
  • the second network device may send first indication information to the terminal device, which is used to instruct the terminal device to perform uplink transmission in the first cell as the first carrier.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the first indication information, that the carrier on which the terminal device performs uplink transmission in the first cell is the first carrier.
  • the information for determining that the carrier on which the terminal equipment performs uplink transmission in the first cell is the first carrier may be delivered to the terminal equipment by the second network equipment, and does not need to be determined by the terminal equipment. Therefore, the resource consumption of the terminal device can be reduced.
  • the second network device may send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information may be used to indicate whether the terminal device skips random access during the handover process, and the fourth indication information indicates that the terminal device is in When the random access is skipped in the handover process, the terminal device may determine the first carrier according to the first indication information or the carrier information of the terminal device in the second cell.
  • the terminal equipment has only one SUL carrier in the second cell, and the SUL carrier and at least one SUL carrier in the effective carriers of the first cell are carriers in the same frequency band, and the terminal equipment is in the SUL carrier and the first cell If at least one SUL carrier in the valid carriers sends uplink transmission and is received by the same network device, after receiving the fourth indication information, the terminal device skips the random access process and determines that the first carrier is the SUL carrier. For another example, if the terminal device has only one SUL carrier in the second cell, the terminal device receives the first indication information, and the first indication information indicates that the SUL carrier and at least one SUL carrier in the valid carriers of the first cell are in the same frequency band.
  • the terminal equipment sends the uplink transmission on the SUL carrier and at least one SUL carrier of the effective carrier of the first cell and is received by the same network equipment.
  • the terminal equipment After the terminal equipment receives the fourth indication information, it skips the random access process and determines The first carrier is the SUL carrier. In this way, handover can be realized without random access, and the communication efficiency can be improved.
  • the second network device may further send fifth indication information to the terminal device, where the fifth indication information may include instructing the terminal device to continue to use the second carrier resource, for example, continue to use a certain bandwidth in the second carrier resource Indication information of the part (bandwidth part, BWP), a certain BWP can be the initial BWP, or the BWP can be activated first.
  • the fifth indication information may also include instructing the terminal equipment to no longer use the resources of the second carrier, and to use new uplink resources, the new uplink resources may be uplink grants, and the uplink grants may be that the terminal equipment is on the first carrier, or Can be at the fourth carrier.
  • the uplink grant may also be obtained by the terminal equipment detecting the PDCCH message of the first cell.
  • the terminal device can directly use all or part of the resources of the second carrier for communication without re-acquiring the configuration information of the first carrier from the first cell.
  • the number of carriers of the terminal device in the second cell or the first cell may be one or more.
  • the carrier of the terminal equipment in the first cell and the carrier in the second cell may be the same frequency band carrier , and the uplink transmissions sent by the terminal equipment on these two carriers are received by the same network equipment.
  • the terminal equipment has one carrier in the second cell, and after switching to the first cell, the first cell has multiple carriers, then one carrier among the multiple carriers of the terminal equipment in the first cell is the same as the one in the second cell.
  • the carriers may be carriers of the same frequency band, and the uplink transmissions sent by the terminal equipment on the two carriers are received by the same network equipment.
  • the terminal device has multiple carriers in the second cell, and after switching to the first cell, the first cell has one carrier, then the terminal device's carrier in the first cell and one of the multiple carriers in the second cell
  • the carriers may be carriers of the same frequency band, and the uplink transmissions sent by the terminal equipment on the two carriers are received by the same network equipment.
  • the terminal equipment has multiple carriers in the second cell, and after switching to the first cell, the first cell has multiple carriers, then the multiple carriers of the terminal equipment in the first cell and the multiple carriers in the second cell Some or all of the carriers are carriers of the same frequency band, and the uplink transmissions sent by the terminal equipment on this part or all of the carriers are received by the same network equipment.
  • one of the multiple carriers of the terminal equipment in the first cell and one of the multiple carriers of the second cell are carriers of the same frequency band, and the uplink transmissions sent by the terminal equipment on these two carriers are performed by the same frequency band.
  • One network device receives; for another example, two carriers in the multiple carriers in the first cell and two carriers in the multiple carriers in the second cell of the terminal device are the same carrier.
  • the first carrier or the second carrier may be a NUL carrier, a SUL carrier, or at least one of the following carriers: a TDD carrier, an uplink time unit of a TDD carrier, an FDD carrier And the uplink time unit of the FDD carrier, the time unit is a time slot or a subframe, which can expand the range of carriers that can be used as the SUL carrier.
  • the carrier of the terminal device in the second cell is the SUL carrier, and after switching to the first cell, the carrier of the terminal device in the first cell may be the SUL carrier or the NUL carrier (this carrier is relatively
  • the second cell may be the SUL carrier, while the first cell may be the NUL carrier), and may also be other carriers.
  • the carrier of the terminal device in the second cell is the NUL carrier
  • the carrier of the terminal device in the first cell may be the SUL carrier (the carrier relative to the second cell may be A NUL carrier, which may be a SUL carrier relative to the first cell), a NUL carrier, or other carriers.
  • the second network device when the second network device sends the first indication information, it may also include information that the first carrier can be used as an uplink time resource, and the information that is used as an uplink time resource may include information that the first carrier can be used as an uplink time resource. Make the uplink time slot, the subframe position and the uplink and downlink time slot allocation. In this way, it is beneficial for the terminal device to obtain the configuration information of the first carrier in advance.
  • the second network device sends the first information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may receive the first information sent by the second network device.
  • the terminal device may receive the first information sent by the second network device, where the first information may include the TA offset value of the first cell, It may also include the time slot offset value between the first cell and the second cell, the system frame number offset value between the first cell and the second cell, and the frame boundary offset between the first cell and the second cell at least one of the values.
  • the terminal device determines the first TA value.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device receives the first information sent by the second network device, it can determine according to the first information, the transmission timing of the terminal device on the second carrier, the downlink timing of the first cell, and the TA offset value of the first cell. The first TA value. Because the carrier for uplink transmission in the first cell is the first carrier, that is, before the handover until after the handover, the terminal equipment transmits the carrier of the same frequency band for uplink transmission in the second cell and the first cell, and the terminal equipment The uplink transmissions sent on the first carrier and the second carrier are received by the same network device, so the sending timing of the terminal device sending the uplink transmission should remain unchanged.
  • the terminal equipment When switching from the second cell to the first cell, when performing uplink transmission in the first cell, the terminal equipment needs to refer to the downlink timing of the first cell, and no longer needs to refer to the downlink timing of the second cell.
  • the TA value of a carrier needs to be adjusted accordingly.
  • the first information may be delivered by the second network device to the terminal device, the transmission timing of the second carrier is determined by the terminal device, and the downlink timing of the first cell can be determined by the terminal device by detecting the first The synchronization signal block (synchronization signal/PBCH block, SSB) information of the cell or other reference signals are obtained. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the first TA value according to the first information, the transmission timing on the second carrier, the downlink timing of the first cell, and the TA offset value of the first cell, thereby realizing the Upstream synchronization of the first carrier.
  • synchronization signal block synchronization signal/PBCH block, SSB
  • determining the TA value of the terminal equipment in the first carrier can also be understood as determining the TA value of the terminal equipment in the first cell; if the terminal equipment switches to the first carrier After one cell, the uplink carrier includes the first carrier and other carriers. If the TA values of the first carrier and other carriers are the same, determining the TA value of the terminal device on the first carrier can also be understood as determining that the terminal device is on the first carrier. TA value of a cell.
  • the first carrier and the second carrier may be uplink carriers.
  • the carrier is an uplink carrier
  • the sending timing of the terminal device on the carrier may be understood as the uplink timing of the terminal device on the carrier.
  • the sending timing of the terminal device on the second carrier may be understood as the uplink timing of the terminal device on the second carrier.
  • the first TA value is the TA value of the terminal device on the first carrier. In this way, the TA value on the first carrier can be determined without random access, thereby realizing the uplink synchronization of the terminal device on the first carrier in the first cell.
  • the first TA value may satisfy the following formula:
  • N TA is the first TA value
  • T is the downlink timing of the first cell
  • T tt is the transmission timing of the terminal equipment on the second carrier
  • T C 1/( ⁇ f max ⁇ N f )
  • ⁇ f max 480 ⁇ 10 3 Hz
  • N f 4096
  • N TA-offset is the TA offset value of the first cell.
  • N TA-offset is the TA offset value of the first carrier and the downlink carrier of the first cell.
  • the first TA value can also satisfy the following formula:
  • T slot-offset is the time slot offset value between the first cell and the second cell.
  • the first TA value can also satisfy the following formula:
  • T sfn-offset is the system frame number offset value between the first cell and the second cell.
  • the first TA value can also satisfy the following formula:
  • the first TA value can also satisfy the following formula:
  • T Fb-offset is the frame boundary offset value between the first cell and the second cell.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of the relationship between the uplink and downlink sequence of another kind of data provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the sending timing of the terminal device on the first carrier is consistent with the starting position of the terminal device sending the uplink frame on the first carrier; the downlink timing of the terminal device on the first cell is the same as the uplink frame sent by the terminal device on the first carrier.
  • the starting positions of the downlink frames corresponding to the frames are the same. Therefore, after the handover, the TA value of the terminal device on the first carrier can be calculated from the starting moment of sending the uplink frame of the terminal device on the second carrier and the starting moment of the downlink frame corresponding to the uplink frame in the first cell.
  • the formula of the first TA value may also be:
  • S is the start time of sending the uplink frame of the terminal device on the second carrier
  • T1 may be the start time of the downlink frame corresponding to the uplink frame in the first cell.
  • the frame number of the uplink frame is i
  • the frame number of the downlink frame corresponding to the uplink frame in the first cell may be i or i+j
  • j may be determined by the second network device or the first network
  • the device notifies the terminal device.
  • the downlink frame corresponding to the uplink frame in the first cell may be the downlink frame with the smallest difference between the start time and the transmission start time of the uplink frame i of the first carrier, or may be the start time and the uplink frame of the first carrier.
  • j may be notified to the terminal device by the second network device or the first network device, or may be determined by the terminal device.
  • the first TA value can also satisfy the following formula:
  • the first TA value can also satisfy the following formula:
  • the first TA value can also satisfy the following formula:
  • the first TA value can also satisfy the following formula:
  • the second network device sends sixth indication information to the terminal device, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate the first TA value.
  • the terminal device can skip random access during the handover process, and the terminal device can determine, according to the TA value in the sixth indication information, that after switching to the first cell, the first TA value is the sixth indication.
  • the TA value in the information or the terminal device may determine that after switching to the first cell, the first TA value is the TA value of the second carrier according to the TA value in the sixth indication information, or the terminal device may determine according to the sixth indication
  • the TA value in the information after it is determined to switch to the first cell, the first TA value is determined according to the first information, the transmission timing of the terminal device on the second carrier, and the downlink timing of the first cell.
  • the second network device sends, to the terminal device, third indication information for indicating whether the second TA value is the same as the first TA value.
  • the terminal device may receive third indication information sent by the second network device and used to indicate whether the second TA value is the same as the first TA value.
  • the second network device may send third indication information to the terminal device.
  • the third indication information may be used to indicate whether the second TA value is the same as the first TA value.
  • the second TA value is the TA value of the terminal device on the fourth carrier.
  • the quad-carrier is a carrier of the terminal device in the first cell that is different from the first carrier.
  • the third indication information may also be used to indicate whether the fourth carrier and the first carrier share the same site.
  • the third indication information may also be used to indicate the second TA value.
  • the terminal device determines a second TA value.
  • the terminal device may determine the second TA value according to the third indication information, specifically:
  • the third indication information indicates that the second TA value is the same as the first TA value, it may be determined that the second TA value is the first TA value.
  • the second TA value is the first TA value.
  • the second network device may determine the second TA value according to the information of whether the second TA value and the first TA value are the same or whether the fourth carrier and the first carrier share the same site, and then use the third indication information to assign the second TA value to the second TA value.
  • the value is sent to the end device.
  • the fourth carrier may be a SUL carrier or a NUL carrier.
  • the first carrier and the fourth carrier are also applicable to the adaptation of 5G and 6G. It should be understood that the names of all carriers in this application are only examples, and in future communications, such as in 6G, they may also be called other names, which are not limited in this application. A unified description is made here, and will not be repeated in the future.
  • the first information, the first indication information, the second indication information, the third indication information, the fourth indication information, the fifth indication information, and the sixth indication information can be carried in the RRC message or the PDCCH message, and some or all of these information can be simultaneously delivered by the second network device to the terminal device, or delivered in a chronological order, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device sends the second information to the first network device.
  • the first network device may receive the second information sent by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send the second information on the at least one carrier according to the corresponding TA value. specifically:
  • the terminal device communicates with the first network device in the first cell, and the first network device may send downlink transmission to the terminal device. After the terminal device determines the first TA value, it may send the second information on the first carrier according to the first TA value.
  • the terminal device can send uplink transmission on the first carrier of the first cell to the fourth network device according to the first TA value, and the fourth network device refers to the network device that can receive the uplink transmission sent by the terminal device on the second carrier.
  • the device then sends the uplink data to the first network device. For example, the fourth network device may send the uplink data to the first network device through the backhaul.
  • the terminal device can directly continue on the second carrier.
  • the carrier sends an uplink transmission to the first network device.
  • the uplink transmission information may be second information, and the second information is used to confirm the handover to the first network device, and the confirmation of the handover may be to confirm that the terminal device is handed over from the second cell to the first cell. In this way, the terminal equipment does not need random access, the uplink synchronization of the terminal equipment on the first carrier of the first cell can be realized, and the communication efficiency can be improved.
  • the terminal device may keep the first TA value and continue to send uplink transmission to the fourth network device or the first cell on the second carrier until the first network device or the first cell sends a message for modifying the first TA value to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device communicates with the first network device in the first cell, and the first network device may send downlink transmission to the terminal device. After the terminal device determines the second TA value, it may send the second information on the fourth carrier according to the second TA value.
  • the terminal device can send uplink transmission on the fourth carrier to the sixth network device according to the second TA value, the sixth network device refers to the network device that can receive the uplink transmission sent by the terminal device on the fourth carrier, and the sixth network device then sends the uplink transmission.
  • the transmitted data is sent to the first network device. If the first network device is the sixth network device, that is to say, the fourth carrier shares the site with the first cell, or it can be said that the fourth carrier shares the site with the first network device.
  • the terminal device can send the uplink transmission to the first network device on the fourth carrier.
  • the information transmitted in the uplink may be second information, and the second information is used to confirm the handover to the first network device.
  • the terminal equipment does not need random access, the uplink synchronization of the terminal equipment on the fourth carrier of the first cell can be realized, and the communication efficiency can be improved.
  • the terminal device may maintain the second TA value to send uplink transmission information to the sixth network device or the first cell on the fourth carrier until the first network device or the first cell sends a message for modifying the second TA value to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may simultaneously send uplink transmission information to the fifth network device or the first cell on the first carrier and to the sixth network device or the first cell on the fourth carrier according to the first TA value and the second TA value.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device is switched, if the first carrier and the fourth carrier are not in the same site, the transmission paths of the first carrier and the fourth carrier are different, and the terminal device is different from the fourth network device and the sixth carrier.
  • the distances of the network devices are different, and the first TA value and the second TA value are independent. Therefore, the first TA value and the second TA value need to be independently indicated and/or adjusted.
  • the terminal device can adjust the first TA value and the second TA value respectively through two signalings sent by the first network device or the first cell, or through different fields of a signaling sent by the first network device or the first cell, respectively. Adjust the first TA value and the second TA value.
  • the terminal device may assist the fourth network device to adjust the first TA value by sending a periodic signal to the fourth network device; the terminal device may send a periodic signal to the sixth network device, The auxiliary sixth network device adjusts the second TA value.
  • the second information may be an RRC reconfiguration complete message.
  • the terminal device synchronizes to the first cell and completes the handover process by sending an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the fourth network device or the sixth network device.
  • the first network device may send a reconfiguration completion response to the terminal device, and the response message may also be used to instruct the terminal device to no longer use the semi-static uplink resources.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the functions performed by the terminal device in this application may also be performed by modules (for example, chips) in the terminal equipment, and the functions performed by the first network device in this application may also be performed by modules in the first network device (for example, chips). , chip) to perform, the functions performed by the second network device in this application may also be performed by a module (eg, a chip) in the second network device.
  • the communication method may include the following steps.
  • the second network device sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • step 601 corresponds to step 401, and the related description in step 601 can refer to the description of step 401, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • the terminal device determines the measurement result of the fifth cell according to the measurement configuration.
  • the terminal device After receiving the measurement configuration sent by the second network device, the terminal device can perform measurement on the second cell, and can also determine whether it is necessary to perform the measurement on the adjacent cell according to the RRC message.
  • the terminal device may determine the measurement result of the fifth cell according to the measurement configuration.
  • the fifth cell includes a cell corresponding to the measurement configuration, which may include the second cell, and may also include adjacent cells of the second cell.
  • the measurement result of the fifth cell may include the measurement result of the second cell, and may also include the measurement result of the adjacent cell.
  • the measurement results may include RSRP, RSRQ and SINR.
  • the second network device sends the information of the third cell to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may receive the information of the third cell sent by the second network device.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device determines the measurement result of the fifth cell according to the measurement configuration, it does not need to report the measurement result of the fifth cell to the second network device, and determines whether handover is required according to the measurement result of the fifth cell , in the case that handover is required, the terminal device can obtain the information of the third cell from the second network device.
  • the third cell may be at least one of the fifth cells, and the effective carrier of the third cell and the effective carrier of the second cell have at least one same carrier.
  • an acquisition request message for acquiring the information of the third cell may be sent to the second network device to acquire the information of the third cell.
  • the information of the third cell reference may be made to the description in step 403, which is not repeated here.
  • the information of the third cell may be sent by the second network device to the terminal device through a system message, or may be sent to the terminal device through a dedicated signaling.
  • the system message may be an on demand system message. If the information of the third cell is sent to the terminal device by means of an on-demand system message, the system message will not always be in the broadcast state, only when the terminal device needs to obtain the information of the third cell, will it be sent to the terminal device.
  • the second network device sends an acquisition request message, which can reduce interference.
  • the information about the third cell sent by the second network device to the terminal device may be sent before sending the measurement configuration, may also be sent simultaneously with the measurement configuration, or may be sent while the measurement configuration is being sent It is not limited in this application if it is sent later.
  • the terminal device may not only obtain the information of the third cell during handover, but also because of other For some services or requirements, the information of the third cell is obtained before receiving the measurement configuration. In this way, the terminal device does not need to acquire the information of the third cell but directly uses the information of the third cell when performing the handover, which can reduce the received signaling of the terminal device, and can also improve the efficiency of the handover.
  • the signaling received by the terminal device can be reduced, and the handover efficiency can also be improved.
  • the third cell information is sent after the second network device sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device, it can be understood that when the terminal device needs to use the third cell information during handover, it can obtain it from the second network device as needed. Avoid waste of resource storage space of terminal equipment.
  • the acquisition request message may also be used to acquire the time slot ratio, and the terminal device may obtain the time slot ratio of the third cell in advance through the acquisition request message.
  • the terminal device may obtain the time slot ratio when obtaining the information of the third cell, or obtain it from the second network device before the terminal device determines that the carrier for uplink transmission in the first cell is the first carrier
  • the gap ratio is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device determines the measurement result of the fifth cell according to the measurement configuration and reports it to the second network device, and the second network device may decide to hand over the terminal device according to the measurement result of the fifth cell.
  • the handover instruction and the information of the third cell are sent to the terminal device.
  • the information of the third cell may further include a numerical value L1 or L2 specified by the second network device, where L1 and L2 are positive integers greater than or equal to 1, and the information of the third cell may have at least one numerical value L1 or at least one L2.
  • the value L1 can have at least one.
  • the value L2 can also indicate that the first L2 carriers of a cell in the third cell are the carriers that share the site with the cell. If the second carrier is in the first L2 carriers, it can be shown that the cell and the second carrier are co-sited. site.
  • the value L2 can represent that the first L2 carriers of each cell in the third cell share a site with the cell, which can be understood as the first L2 of carrier 1, carrier 2, ..., carrier 5 The carrier and cell 1 share the site address.
  • the value L2 can have at least one.
  • the value L may not be specified in the information of the first cell sent by the first network device. It can be pre-defined in the protocol. By default, the effective carriers of the first or previous cells have a carrier that shares the site with the second carrier. , or by default which cell or cells share the site with the second carrier.
  • the time slot ratio may also be sent.
  • the terminal device can obtain the time slot ratio of the first cell in advance, and the second network device can correspondingly reduce the number of bits in the instruction to notify the terminal device to perform handover.
  • the information of the third cell may be carried in the RRC message or the PDCCH message and sent to the terminal device through the second network device.
  • the terminal device determines N fourth cells according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the third cell.
  • the terminal device may determine N fourth cells according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the third cell, the fourth cell may be a candidate cell, and N is greater than or equal to 1 the integer.
  • the terminal device determines N fourth cells according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the third cell, and can refer to step 403 for the second network device to determine the first cell according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the third cell description, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device sends the indication information of the N fourth cells to the second network device.
  • the second network device may receive the indication information of the N fourth cells sent by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device After determining the N fourth cells according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the third cell, the terminal device can report the indication information of the N fourth cells to the second network device according to its own capability and/or service requirement.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device reports the indication information of the N fourth cells to the second network device, it can also report the measurement results of the N fourth cells.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device reports the indication information of the N fourth cells to the second network device, it can also report the measurement result of the fifth cell.
  • the second network device determines the first cell according to the indication information of the N fourth cells.
  • the second network device may determine one first cell from the N fourth cells.
  • N may be 1, and the second network device receives the information of a cell sent by the terminal device, and then may determine that the first cell is this cell.
  • N may be an integer greater than 1, and the second network device receives the information of multiple cells sent by the terminal device, and then may determine the first cell from the multiple cells, specifically:
  • the second network device may determine the first cell according to the total value of each of the N fourth cells, and may use the cell with the highest total value among the N fourth cells as the first cell.
  • the N fourth cells are determined according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell, and it can be guaranteed that among the N fourth cells
  • the effective carrier of each cell has the same carrier as the effective carrier of the second cell, and then a first cell determined by the second network device from the N fourth cells can ensure that the terminal device determines that the first cell is to be performed in the first cell.
  • the carrier for uplink transmission is the first carrier, so that the terminal equipment does not need random access during the handover process, and the uplink synchronization of the terminal equipment in the first carrier of the first cell can be realized, which can improve the efficiency of communication.
  • the second network device sends request information for requesting the terminal device to access the first network device to the first network device.
  • the first network device may receive request information sent by the second network device for requesting the terminal device to access the first network device.
  • the second network device may send request information for requesting the terminal device to access the first network device to the first network device.
  • request information for requesting the terminal device to access the first network device to the first network device.
  • the second network device sends second indication information for indicating the information of the first cell to the terminal device.
  • step 608 corresponds to step 405, and the related description in step 608 can refer to the description of step 405, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • the carrier on which the terminal device performs uplink transmission in the first cell is the first carrier.
  • step 609 corresponds to step 406, and the related description in step 609 can refer to the description of step 406, which is not repeated here to avoid repetition.
  • the second network device sends the first information to the terminal device.
  • step 610 corresponds to step 407, and the related description in step 610 can refer to the description of step 407, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • the terminal device determines the first TA value.
  • step 611 corresponds to step 408, and the related description in step 611 can refer to the description of step 408, which is not repeated here to avoid repetition.
  • the second network device sends, to the terminal device, third indication information for indicating whether the second TA value is the same as the first TA value.
  • step 612 corresponds to step 409, and the related description in step 612 can refer to the description of step 409 above, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • the terminal device determines the second TA value.
  • step 613 corresponds to step 410, and the related description in step 613 can refer to the description of step 410, which is not repeated here to avoid repetition.
  • the terminal device sends the second information to the first network device.
  • step 614 corresponds to step 411, and the related description in step 614 can refer to the description of step 411, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the functions performed by the terminal device in this application may also be performed by modules (for example, chips) in the terminal equipment, and the functions performed by the first network device in this application may also be performed by modules in the first network device (for example, chips). , chip) to perform, the functions performed by the second network device in this application may also be performed by a module (eg, a chip) in the second network device.
  • the communication method may include the following steps.
  • the second network device sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • step 701 corresponds to step 401, and the related description in step 701 can refer to the description of step 401, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • the terminal device sends the measurement result of the fifth cell to the second network device.
  • step 702 corresponds to step 402, and the related description in step 702 can refer to the description of step 402 above, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • the second network device determines the first cell according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the third cell.
  • step 703 corresponds to step 403, and the related description in step 703 can refer to the description of step 403, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • the second network device sends request information for requesting the terminal device to access the first network device to the first network device.
  • step 704 corresponds to step 404, and the related description in step 704 can refer to the description of step 404 above, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • the second network device sends second indication information for indicating the information of the first cell to the terminal device.
  • step 705 corresponds to step 405, and the related description in step 705 can refer to the description of step 405 above, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • the second network device sends third information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the third information sent by the second network device.
  • the third information may include first indication information and an ID of the first cell, and the first indication information may be used to instruct the terminal device to continue sending uplink transmission to the fourth network device.
  • the terminal device can determine which cell is the first cell to be handed over to according to the ID of the first cell. It may also be determined according to the first indication information that the first cell continues to send the uplink transmission to the fourth network device, where the fourth network device refers to the network device that can receive the uplink transmission sent by the terminal device in the second cell.
  • the second cell communicates with the second network device, the second network device can send downlink transmission to the terminal device, and the terminal device can send uplink transmission to the fourth network device.
  • the fourth network device refers to the terminal device that can receive The network device of the uplink transmission sent in the second cell.
  • the fourth network device then sends the uplink data to the second network device.
  • the fourth network device may send the uplink data to the second network device through the backhaul. If the second network device is the fourth network device, that is to say, if the fourth network device and the second network device share a site, the terminal device can directly send the uplink transmission to the second network device.
  • the first network device can send downlink transmission to the terminal device, the terminal device can send uplink transmission to the fifth network device, and the fifth network device refers to the terminal device that can receive The network device of the uplink transmission sent in the first cell.
  • the fifth network device then sends the uplink transmission data to the first network device, for example, the fifth network device may send the uplink transmission data to the first network device through the backhaul. If the first network device is the fifth network device, that is to say, if the fifth network device and the first network device share a site, the terminal device can directly send the uplink transmission to the first network device.
  • the terminal device can send uplink transmission to the same network device, namely the fourth network device, in the second cell and the first cell before the handover until after the handover.
  • the terminal device can send uplink transmission to the same network device, namely the fourth network device, in the second cell and the first cell before the handover until after the handover.
  • the terminal device can send downlink transmission to the terminal device
  • the terminal device can continue to send uplink transmission to the fourth network device
  • the fourth network device then sends
  • the uplink transmission data is sent to the first network device, for example, the fourth network device may send the uplink transmission data to the first network device through the backhaul. If the first network device is the fourth network device, the terminal device can directly send the uplink transmission to the first network device.
  • the terminal equipment can send uplink transmission in the first cell without random access. Therefore, the solution provided by the present application can effectively avoid the delay and interruption problems that may occur during the handover process of the terminal equipment to the first cell that requires random access, and can improve the efficiency of communication.
  • the second network device may send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information may be used to indicate whether the terminal device skips random access during the handover process, and the fourth indication information indicates that the terminal device is in When the random access is skipped in the handover process, the terminal device may determine, according to the first indication information, to continue to send uplink transmission to the fourth network device in the first cell.
  • the second network device when it sends the third information, it may further include the information of time resources during uplink transmission to continue to be sent to the fourth network device, and the information of time resources may include the uplinked time slots, The position of the subframe is matched with the uplink and downlink time slots. In this way, it is beneficial for the terminal device to acquire the configuration information in advance.
  • the second network device sends the first information to the terminal device.
  • step 707 corresponds to step 407, and the related description in step 707 may refer to the description of step 407 above, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • the terminal device determines the first TA value.
  • the terminal device may determine the first TA value according to the first information, the first sending timing, the downlink timing of the first cell, and the TA offset value of the first cell, The first TA value is used to continue sending the uplink transmission to the fourth network device.
  • step 708 corresponds to step 408.
  • step 408 For the description of the determination of the first TA value in step 708, reference may be made to the description of step 408, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • T tt in step 408 is the sending timing of the terminal equipment on the second carrier
  • T tt in step 708 is the first sending timing
  • the first sending timing may be the time when the terminal equipment sends uplink transmission in the second cell
  • the transmission timing, the first transmission timing may also be referred to as the first uplink timing.
  • the terminal device in the first cell can continue to send uplink transmission to the fourth network device, that is, before the handover until after the handover, the terminal device in the second cell and the first cell can send the same network device, that is, the fourth network device, to the same network device.
  • Uplink transmission so the sending timing of the terminal equipment to send the uplink transmission should remain unchanged.
  • the terminal equipment needs to refer to the downlink timing of the first cell, and no longer needs to refer to the downlink timing of the second cell, so the terminal equipment continues to The TA value according to which the fourth network device sends the uplink transmission, that is, the first TA value, needs to be adjusted accordingly.
  • the first information may be delivered by the second network device to the terminal device, the first transmission timing is determined by the terminal device, and the downlink timing of the first cell can be detected by the terminal device by detecting the SSB of the first cell. information or other reference signals. Therefore, the terminal device may determine the first TA value according to the first information, the first transmission timing, the downlink timing of the first cell, and the TA offset value of the first cell. In this way, the first TA value can be determined without random access, thereby realizing the uplink synchronization of the terminal device in the first cell, and improving the communication efficiency.
  • the first information, the third information, the second indication information, the fourth indication information, and the sixth indication information may be carried in the RRC message or the PDCCH message.
  • Part or all of the data may be delivered by the second network device to the terminal device at the same time, or may be delivered in a chronological order, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device sends uplink transmission information.
  • the terminal device may send the uplink transmission information to the first network device; or if the fourth network device is the second network device, the terminal device may send the uplink transmission information to the second network device transmit information.
  • the uplink transmission information may include second information, and the second information is used to confirm the handover to the first network device, and the confirmation of the handover may refer to the handover of the terminal device from the second cell to the first cell.
  • an uplink transmission may be sent to the same network device, that is, the fourth network device. If the fourth network device is the second network device, the terminal device can directly send the uplink transmission to the second network device; if the fourth network device is the first network device, the terminal device can directly send the uplink transmission to the first network device.
  • the terminal device may also send uplink transmission according to the first TA value.
  • the uplink synchronization of the terminal device in the first cell can be realized without random access. Therefore, the solution provided by the present application can effectively avoid the delay and interruption problems that may occur during the handover process of the terminal equipment to the first cell that requires random access, and can improve the efficiency of communication.
  • the terminal device may keep the first TA value and continue to send uplink transmission information to the fourth network device until the first network device or the first cell sends a message for modifying the first TA value to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may assist the fourth network device to adjust the first TA value by sending a periodic signal to the fourth network device.
  • the second information may be an RRC reconfiguration complete message.
  • the terminal device synchronizes to the first cell and completes the handover process by sending an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the fourth network device.
  • the first network device may send a reconfiguration completion response to the terminal device, and the response message may also be used to instruct the terminal device to no longer use the semi-static uplink resources.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the functions performed by the terminal device in this application may also be performed by modules (for example, chips) in the terminal equipment, and the functions performed by the first network device in this application may also be performed by modules in the first network device (for example, chips). , chip) to perform.
  • the communication method may include the following steps.
  • the second network device sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • step 801 corresponds to step 701, and the related description in step 801 can refer to the description of step 701, which is not repeated here to avoid repetition.
  • the terminal device determines the measurement result of the fifth cell according to the measurement configuration.
  • step 802 corresponds to step 602, and the related description in step 802 can refer to the description of step 602, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • the second network device sends the information of the third cell to the terminal device.
  • step 703 corresponds to step 603, and the related description in step 803 can refer to the description of step 603, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • the terminal device determines N fourth cells according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the third cell.
  • step 804 corresponds to step 604, and the related description in step 804 can refer to the description of step 604, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • the terminal device sends the indication information of the N fourth cells to the second network device.
  • step 805 corresponds to step 605, and the related description in step 805 can refer to the description of step 605, which is not repeated here to avoid repetition.
  • the second network device determines the first cell according to the indication information of the N fourth cells.
  • step 806 corresponds to step 606, and the related description in step 806 can refer to the description of step 606, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • the second network device sends request information for requesting the terminal device to access the first network device to the first network device.
  • step 807 corresponds to step 607, and the related description in step 807 can refer to the description of step 607, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • the second network device sends second indication information for indicating the information of the first cell to the terminal device.
  • step 808 corresponds to step 705, and the related description in step 808 can refer to the description of step 705, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • the second network device sends third information to the terminal device.
  • step 809 corresponds to step 706, and the related description in step 809 can refer to the description of step 706, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • the second network device sends the first information to the terminal device.
  • step 810 corresponds to step 707, and the related description in step 810 can refer to the description of step 707, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • the terminal device determines the first TA value.
  • step 811 corresponds to step 708, and the related description in step 811 can refer to the description of step 708, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • the terminal device sends uplink transmission information.
  • step 812 corresponds to step 709, and the related description in step 811 can refer to the description of step 709, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the functions performed by the terminal device in this application may also be performed by modules (for example, chips) in the terminal equipment, and the functions performed by the first network device in this application may also be performed by modules in the first network device (for example, chips). , chip) to perform, the functions performed by the second network device in this application may also be performed by a module (eg, a chip) in the second network device.
  • the communication method may include the following steps.
  • the second network device sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • step 901 corresponds to step 401, and the related description in step 901 can refer to the description of step 401 above, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • the terminal device sends the measurement result of the fifth cell to the second network device.
  • step 902 corresponds to step 402, and the related description in step 902 can refer to the description of step 402 above, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • the second network device determines the first cell according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the fifth cell.
  • the second network device After the second network device receives the measurement result of the fifth cell sent by the terminal device, it may first determine whether there is a third cell in the fifth cell.
  • the first cell In the cell of the carrier, when there is a third cell in the fifth cell, the first cell can be determined according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the third cell, and the information of the third cell is known by the second network device, Since the third cell is at least one of the fifth cells, the measurement result of the third cell can be obtained from the measurement result of the fifth cell reported by the terminal device, so the second network device can obtain the measurement result of the third cell according to the measurement result of the third cell.
  • the result and the information of the third cell determine the first cell; if the third cell does not exist in the fifth cell, the first cell may be determined according to the measurement result of the fifth cell. specifically:
  • the second network device may preferentially select a cell in the third cell as the first cell, specifically according to the information of the third cell and the first cell.
  • the first cell determined by the measurement results of the three cells may refer to the description of step 403, which will not be repeated here.
  • the effective carrier of each cell in the third cell and the effective carrier of the second cell exist the same carrier can be preferentially selected as The first cell, but if the measurement results of each cell are not good, the first cell determined from the third cell also does not meet the conditions for terminal equipment handover.
  • the sixth cell can be selected again, and the first cell can be re-determined according to the measurement results of the sixth cell.
  • the sixth cell may include a cell that has no intersection with the effective carrier of the second cell, but has an intersection with the effective carrier of other cells except the second cell, and may also include the effective carrier and the effective carrier of the second cell. A cell in which the effective carriers of the second cell and other cells except the second cell have no intersection.
  • the second network device preferentially selects a cell in the sixth cell that has no intersection with the effective carrier of the second cell but has intersection with the effective carriers of other cells except the second cell as the first cell .
  • the network device may preferentially select a cell with a SUL carrier in the effective carrier. Because if a cell with no SUL carrier in the effective carrier is selected as the first cell, the terminal device cannot use the SUL carrier for uplink continuity during the next handover. If the cell with the SUL carrier in the effective carrier is selected as the first cell, then, The terminal equipment can also continue to use the SUL carrier for uplink continuity in the next handover, so as to avoid delay and interruption caused by random access in the handover.
  • the second network device may determine the first cell according to the measurement result of the fifth cell.
  • the measurement result of the fifth cell may be digitized, and the first cell may be determined according to the value of the measurement result of each cell in the fifth cell.
  • the first cell may be the cell with the highest measurement result value.
  • the methods of steps 404 to 411 or the methods of steps 704 to 709 may also be performed, so that no random access is required during the handover process. , the uplink synchronization of the terminal equipment in the first cell can be realized, and the communication efficiency can be improved.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the functions performed by the terminal device in this application may also be performed by modules (for example, chips) in the terminal equipment, and the functions performed by the first network device in this application may also be performed by modules in the first network device (for example, chips). , chip) to perform.
  • the communication method may include the following steps.
  • a second network device sends a measurement configuration to a terminal device.
  • step 1001 corresponds to step 601, and the related description in step 1001 can refer to the description of step 601, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • the terminal device determines the measurement result of the fifth cell according to the measurement configuration.
  • step 1002 corresponds to step 602, and the related description in step 902 can refer to the description of step 602, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • the second network device sends the information of the third cell to the terminal device.
  • step 1003 corresponds to step 603, and the related description in step 1003 can refer to the description of step 603, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • the terminal device determines N fourth cells according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the fifth cell.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device receives the information of the third cell sent by the second network device, it can first determine whether there is a third cell in the fifth cell.
  • the measurement result of the third cell determines N fourth cells, and the information of the third cell is delivered by the second network device to the terminal device. Since the third cell is at least one of the fifth cells, the measurement result of the third cell is can be obtained from the measurement result of the fifth cell, so the terminal device can determine N fourth cells according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell; in the case that the third cell does not exist in the fifth cell , N fourth cells may be determined according to the measurement result of the fifth cell. specifically:
  • the terminal device may preferentially select a cell in the third cell as the N fourth cells, specifically according to the information of the third cell and the The N fourth cells determined by the measurement results of the three cells may refer to the description of step 604, which will not be repeated here.
  • N fourth cells are selected, but if the measurement result of each cell is not good, the first cell determined from the N fourth cells also does not meet the conditions for terminal equipment handover.
  • the sixth cell can be selected again, and N fourth cells can be re-determined according to the measurement results of the sixth cell, and the sixth cell can be one of the fifth cells.
  • the sixth cell may include a cell that has no intersection with the effective carrier of the second cell but has an intersection with the effective carrier of other cells except the second cell, and may also include an effective carrier. A cell in which the carrier has no intersection with the effective carriers of the second cell and other cells except the second cell.
  • the terminal device preferentially selects cells in the sixth cell that have no intersection with the effective carriers of the second cell but have intersections with the effective carriers of other cells except the second cell as the N fourth cells . For example, if there is a SUL carrier in the valid carriers of some cells in the sixth cell, and the SUL carrier is shared by other cells other than the second cell, and there is no SUL carrier in the valid carriers of some cells in the sixth cell, the terminal The device may preferentially select a cell with an SUL carrier in the effective carrier as the N fourth cells. Because the first cell is one of the N fourth cells, if a cell without a SUL carrier in the effective carrier is selected as the N fourth cells, the terminal device cannot use the SUL carrier for uplink continuity in the next handover. If a cell with a SUL carrier in an effective carrier is selected as the N fourth cells, the terminal device can continue to use the SUL carrier for uplink continuity in the next handover, avoiding delay and interruption caused by random access during handover.
  • the terminal device may determine N fourth cells according to the measurement result of the fifth cell.
  • the measurement result of the fifth cell may be digitized, and N fourth cells may be determined according to the measurement result value of each cell in the fifth cell.
  • the N fourth cells may be cells whose measurement result values are greater than a certain threshold.
  • the terminal device sends the indication information of the N fourth cells to the second network device.
  • step 1005 corresponds to step 605, and the related description in step 1005 can refer to the description of step 605, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • the second network device determines the first cell according to the indication information of the N fourth cells.
  • step 1006 corresponds to step 606, and the related description in step 1006 can refer to the description of step 606, which is not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • the method from steps 607 to 614 or the method from step 704 to step 709 may also be performed, so that during the handover process, no random access is required , the uplink synchronization of the terminal equipment in the first cell can be realized, and the communication efficiency can be improved.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a handover scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • this scenario includes a cell of site 1 and a cell of site 2, and a site can be understood as a site.
  • the cell of site 1 has a NUL carrier and a DL carrier corresponding to the NUL carrier;
  • the cell of site 2 has a NUL carrier, a DL carrier corresponding to the NUL carrier, and a SUL carrier.
  • the SUL carrier covers part or all of the cells of the site 1, that is, part or all of the cells of the site 1 and the cells of the site 2 have the SUL carrier.
  • the terminal equipment is handed over from the cell of site 2 to the cell of site 1 .
  • the cell with the SUL carrier at site 1 may be the first cell, and the cell at site 2 may be the second cell.
  • the first cell can be obtained by executing the method from step 401 to step 403 or the method from step 601 to step 606 .
  • the network device of site 2 may be the second network device mentioned in the foregoing method embodiments, and the network device of site 1 may be the first network device mentioned in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the SUL carrier of the terminal equipment in the first cell is the SUL carrier of the terminal equipment in the second cell, that is, before the handover until after the handover, the terminal equipment is in the first cell and the second cell.
  • the SUL carriers of the second cell may be carriers of the same frequency band, and the uplink transmissions sent by the terminal equipment on the SUL carriers of the first cell and the second cell are received by the same network equipment.
  • the terminal equipment may send uplink transmissions to the network equipment of site 2 on the SUL carrier. specifically:
  • the SUL carrier in the second cell is co-located with the second cell.
  • the terminal device sends information to the network device of site 2 or the second cell on the SUL carrier of the second cell, it can send an uplink transmission including the information to the network device of site 2 or the second cell, and the network device of site 2 can send the information to the terminal device.
  • the device sends the downstream transmission.
  • the SUL carrier in the first cell and the first cell are of different sites.
  • the information that the SUL carrier of the first cell and the first cell are different sites may be notified to the terminal device by the network device of the site 2 through an RRC message, a PDCCH message or a system message.
  • the system message may be an on-demand system message.
  • the terminal device determines that the SUL carrier in the first cell is the SUL carrier of the terminal device in the second cell, when the terminal device sends information on the SUL carrier of the first cell to the network device of site 1 or the first cell, it can The SUL carrier of the cell sends an uplink transmission including the information to the network device of site 2, and then the network device of site 2 sends the information to the network device of site 1 or the first cell.
  • the network device of site 2 can pass The backhaul sends the information to the network device of site 1 or the first cell, and the network device of site 1 can send downlink transmission to the terminal device.
  • the first TA value when the network device of site 2 determines that the first TA value needs to be adjusted, the first TA value may be the TA value of the SUL carrier of the terminal device in the first cell, and the adjustment amount of the first TA value may be adjusted through the backhaul. It is sent to the network device of site 1, and the network device of site 1 sends a signaling to the terminal device to notify the terminal device to adjust the first TA value.
  • the terminal device may assist the network device of the site 2 to adjust the first TA value by sending a periodic signal to the network device of the site 2 .
  • the second TA value may be the TA value of the NUL carrier of the terminal device in the first cell, and the network device of site 1 may send a message to the terminal device. command to notify the terminal device to adjust the second TA value.
  • the terminal device may assist the network device of the site 1 to adjust the second TA value by sending a periodic signal to the network device of the site 1 .
  • the NUL carrier of the terminal device in the first cell and the SUL carrier in the first cell are not at the same site, and the transmission paths of the two carriers are different.
  • the distances between the terminal device and the network device of site 1 and the network device of site 2 are different, and the first TA value and the second TA value are independent. Therefore, the first TA value and the second TA value need to be independently indicated and/or adjusted.
  • the terminal equipment can adjust the first TA value and the second TA value respectively through two signalings sent by the network equipment of site 1 or the first cell, or can adjust the difference between one signaling sent by the network equipment of site 1 or the first cell. fields adjust the first TA value and the second TA value respectively.
  • the first cell can be obtained by executing the method of step 701-step 703 or the method of step 801-step 806.
  • the terminal equipment switches from the second cell to the first cell, it can be determined that the terminal equipment continues to send uplink transmissions to the network equipment of site 2, that is, before the handover until after the handover, the terminal equipment in the first cell and the second cell can send uplink transmissions to the same cell.
  • the network device that is, the network device of site 2, sends the uplink transmission. specifically:
  • the second cell and the network equipment of site 2 share the same site.
  • the terminal device sends information to the network device of site 2 or the second cell in the second cell, it can send an uplink transmission including the information to the network device of site 2 or the second cell, and the network device of site 2 can send downlink transmission to the terminal device. transmission.
  • the network equipment of the first cell and site 2 After the terminal equipment is handed over, the network equipment of the first cell and site 2 have different site addresses.
  • the information that the network device of the first cell and the site 2 is a different site may be notified to the terminal device by the network device of the site 2 through an RRC message, a PDCCH message, or a system message.
  • the system message may be an on-demand system message.
  • the terminal device continues to send uplink transmissions to the network device of site 2 in the first cell, when the terminal device sends information to the network device of site 1 or the first cell in the first cell, it can first send information to the network device of site 2 in the first cell The uplink transmission including the information is sent, and then the network device of site 2 sends the information to the network device of site 1 or the first cell through the backhaul, and the network device of site 1 can send the downlink transmission to the terminal device.
  • the first TA value is used to continue sending uplink transmission to the network device of site 2, and the adjustment amount of the first TA value can be sent to the site through the backhaul
  • the network device of 1 the network device of site 1 sends a signaling to the terminal device to notify the terminal device to adjust the first TA value.
  • the terminal device may assist the network device of the site 2 to adjust the first TA value by sending a periodic signal to the network device of the site 2 .
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another handover scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • this scenario includes the cell of site 1 and the cell of site 2, wherein the cell of site 1 has NUL carrier and DL carrier corresponding to NUL carrier; the cell of site 2 has NUL carrier and DL carrier corresponding to NUL carrier and SUL carrier.
  • the SUL carrier covers part or all of the cells of the site 1, that is, part or all of the cells of the site 1 and the cells of the site 2 have the SUL carrier.
  • the terminal equipment is handed over from the cell of site 1 to the cell of site 2.
  • the cell of site 2 may be the first cell, and the cell of site 1 with the SUL carrier may be the second cell.
  • the first cell can be obtained by executing the method from step 401 to step 403 or the method from step 601 to step 606 .
  • the network device of site 1 may be the second network device mentioned in the foregoing method embodiments, and the network device of site 2 may be the first network device mentioned in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the SUL carrier of the terminal equipment in the first cell is the SUL carrier of the terminal equipment in the second cell, that is, before the handover until after the handover, the terminal equipment is in the first cell and the second cell.
  • the SUL carriers of the second cell may be carriers of the same frequency band, and the uplink transmissions sent by the terminal equipment on the SUL carriers of the first cell and the second cell are received by the same network equipment.
  • the terminal equipment may send uplink transmissions to the network equipment of site 2 on the SUL carrier. specifically:
  • the SUL carrier in the second cell and the second cell have different sites.
  • the terminal device sends information to the network device of site 1 or the second cell on the SUL carrier of the second cell, it may first send an uplink transmission including the information to the network device of site 2 on the SUL carrier of the second cell, and then, site 2
  • the network device of the site 1 sends the information to the network device of site 1 or the second cell.
  • the network device of site 2 can send the information to the network device of site 1 or the second cell through the backhaul.
  • the network device of site 1 can send the information to the network device of site 1 or the second cell. Send downlink transmissions to end devices.
  • the SUL carrier in the first cell is co-located with the first cell.
  • the information that the SUL carrier of the first cell is co-located with the first cell may be notified to the terminal device by the network device of site 1 through an RRC message, a PDCCH message or a system message.
  • the system message may be an on-demand system message. Since the terminal device determines that the SUL carrier in the first cell is the SUL carrier of the terminal device in the second cell, when the terminal device sends information to the network device of site 2 or the first cell on the SUL carrier of the first cell, it can send information to the network device of site 2 or the first cell.
  • the network device or the first cell sends the uplink transmission including the information, and the network device of the site 2 may send the downlink transmission to the terminal device.
  • the first TA value when the network device of site 2 determines that the first TA value needs to be adjusted, the first TA value may be the TA value of the SUL carrier of the terminal device in the first cell, and the network device of site 2 may send a message to the terminal device. command to notify the terminal device to adjust the first TA value.
  • the terminal device may assist the network device of the site 2 to adjust the first TA value by sending a periodic signal to the network device of the site 2 .
  • the second TA value may be the TA value of the NUL carrier of the terminal device in the first cell, and the network device of site 2 may send a message to the terminal device. command to notify the terminal device to adjust the second TA value.
  • the terminal device may assist the network device of the site 2 to adjust the second TA value by sending a periodic signal to the network device of the site 2.
  • the terminal device may adjust the first TA value and the second TA value through a signaling sent by the network device of the site 2 or the first cell.
  • the first cell can be obtained by executing the method of step 701-step 703 or the method of step 801-step 806.
  • the terminal equipment switches from the second cell to the first cell, it can be determined that the terminal equipment continues to send uplink transmissions to the network equipment of site 2, that is, before the handover until after the handover, the terminal equipment in the first cell and the second cell can send uplink transmissions to the same cell.
  • the network device that is, the network device of site 2, sends the uplink transmission. specifically:
  • the second cell and the network equipment of site 2 have different site addresses.
  • the terminal device sends information to the network device of site 1 or the second cell in the second cell, it can first send an uplink transmission including the information to the network device of site 2 in the second cell, and then the network device of site 2 can send the information to the network device of site 2.
  • the information is sent to the network device of site 1 or the second cell.
  • the network device of site 2 can send the information to the network device of site 1 or the second cell through the backhaul, and the network device of site 1 can send downlink transmission to the terminal device. .
  • the network equipment of the first cell and the site 2 are co-located.
  • the information that the network device of the first cell and the site 2 is on the same site may be notified to the terminal device by the network device of the site 1 through an RRC message, a PDCCH message or a system message.
  • the system message may be an on-demand system message. Since the terminal device continues to send uplink transmission to the network device of site 2 in the first cell, when the terminal device sends information to the network device of site 2 or the first cell in the first cell, it can send information to the network device of site 2 or the first cell Including the uplink transmission of the information, the network device of site 2 can send the downlink transmission to the terminal device.
  • the first TA value is used to continue sending uplink transmission to the network device of site 2, and the network device of site 2 can send signaling to the terminal device, Notify the terminal device to adjust the first TA value.
  • the terminal device may assist the network device of the site 2 to adjust the first TA value by sending a periodic signal to the network device of the site 2 .
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of another switching scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • this scenario includes the cell of site 1, the cell of site 2, and the cell of site 3, wherein the cell of site 1 has NUL carrier and DL carrier corresponding to the NUL carrier; the cell of site 2 has NUL carrier, NUL carrier The DL carrier and the SUL carrier corresponding to the carrier; the cell of site 3 has the NUL carrier and the DL carrier corresponding to the NUL carrier.
  • the SUL carrier covers part or all of the cells of the site 1 and some or all of the cells of the site 3, that is, some or all of the cells of the site 1 and some or all of the cells of the site 3 have the SUL carrier.
  • the terminal equipment communicates in the cell of site 1, if handover needs to be performed, when the downlink quality of the cell of site 2 and site 3 is equal or not significantly different, the cell of site 2 can be preferentially selected as the first cell, so that the SUL after handover The carrier shares the site with the first cell.
  • the terminal equipment can be handed over from the cell of site 1 to the cell of site 2.
  • FIG. 12 please refer to the detailed description of FIG. 12 in conjunction with the communication methods in FIG. 4 , FIG. 6 , FIG. 7 and FIG.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of another handover scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • this scenario includes the cell of site 1, the cell of site 2, and the cell of site 3, wherein the cell of site 1 has NUL carrier and DL carrier corresponding to the NUL carrier; the cell of site 2 has NUL carrier, NUL carrier The DL carrier and the SUL carrier corresponding to the carrier; the cell of site 3 has the NUL carrier and the DL carrier corresponding to the NUL carrier.
  • the SUL carrier covers part or all of the cells of the site 1 and some or all of the cells of the site 3, that is, some or all of the cells of the site 1 and some or all of the cells of the site 3 have the SUL carrier.
  • the terminal equipment is handed over from the cell of site 1 to the cell of site 3 .
  • the cell with the SUL carrier at site 3 may be the first cell, and the cell with the SUL carrier at site 1 may be the second cell, and the first cell may perform the method from step 401 to step 403 or the method from step 601 to step 606 get.
  • the network device of site 1 may be the second network device mentioned in the foregoing method embodiments, and the network device of site 3 may be the first network device mentioned in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the SUL carrier of the terminal equipment in the first cell is the SUL carrier of the terminal equipment in the second cell, that is, before the handover until after the handover, the terminal equipment is in the first cell and the second cell.
  • the SUL carriers of the second cell may be carriers of the same frequency band, and the uplink transmissions sent by the terminal equipment on the SUL carriers of the first cell and the second cell are received by the same network equipment.
  • the terminal equipment may send uplink transmissions to the network equipment of site 2 on the SUL carrier. specifically:
  • the SUL carrier in the second cell and the second cell have different sites.
  • the terminal device sends information to the network device of site 1 or the second cell on the SUL carrier of the second cell, it may first send an uplink transmission including the information to the network device of site 2 on the SUL carrier of the second cell, and then, site 2
  • the network device of the site 1 sends the information to the network device of site 1 or the second cell.
  • the network device of site 2 can send the information to the network device of site 1 or the second cell through the backhaul.
  • the network device of site 1 can send the information to the network device of site 1 or the second cell. Send downlink transmissions to end devices.
  • the SUL carrier in the first cell and the first cell are of different sites.
  • the information that the SUL carrier of the first cell and the first cell are different sites may be notified to the terminal device by the network device of site 1 through an RRC message, a PDCCH message, or a system message.
  • the system message may be an on-demand system message.
  • the terminal equipment determines that the SUL carrier in the first cell is the SUL carrier of the terminal equipment in the second cell, when the terminal equipment sends information to the network equipment of site 3 or the first cell on the SUL carrier of the first cell, it can The SUL carrier of the cell sends an uplink transmission including the information to the network device of site 2, and then the network device of site 2 sends the information to the network device of site 3 or the first cell.
  • the network device of site 2 can pass The backhaul sends the information to the network device of site 3 or the first cell, and the network device of site 3 can send downlink transmission to the terminal device.
  • the first TA value when the network device of site 2 determines that the first TA value needs to be adjusted, the first TA value may be the TA value of the SUL carrier of the terminal device in the first cell, and the adjustment amount of the first TA value may be adjusted through the backhaul. It is sent to the network device of site 3, and the network device of site 3 sends a signaling to the terminal device to notify the terminal device to adjust the first TA value.
  • the terminal device may assist the network device of the site 2 to adjust the first TA value by sending a periodic signal to the network device of the site 2 .
  • the second TA value may be the TA value of the NUL carrier of the terminal device in the first cell, and the network device of site 3 may send a message to the terminal device. command to notify the terminal device to adjust the second TA value.
  • the terminal device may assist the network device of the site 3 to adjust the second TA value by sending a periodic signal to the network device of the site 3 .
  • the NUL carrier of the terminal device in the first cell and the SUL carrier in the first cell are not at the same site, and the transmission paths of the two carriers are different.
  • the distances between the terminal device and the network device of site 3 and the network device of site 2 are different, and the first TA value and the second TA value are independent. Therefore, the first TA value and the second TA value need to be independently indicated and/or adjusted.
  • the terminal device can adjust the first TA value and the second TA value respectively through two signalings sent by the network device of site 3 or the first cell, or can also adjust the difference between one signaling sent by the network device of site 3 or the first cell. fields adjust the first TA value and the second TA value respectively.
  • the first cell can be obtained by executing the method of step 701-step 703 or the method of step 801-step 806.
  • the terminal equipment switches from the second cell to the first cell, it can be determined that the terminal equipment continues to send uplink transmissions to the network equipment of site 2, that is, before the handover until after the handover, the terminal equipment in the first cell and the second cell can send uplink transmissions to the same cell.
  • the network device that is, the network device of site 2, sends the uplink transmission. specifically:
  • the second cell and the network equipment of site 2 have different site addresses.
  • the terminal device sends information to the network device of site 1 or the second cell in the second cell, it can first send an uplink transmission including the information to the network device of site 2 in the second cell, and then the network device of site 2 can send the information to the network device of site 2.
  • the information is sent to the network device of site 1 or the second cell.
  • the network device of site 2 can send the information to the network device of site 1 or the second cell through the backhaul, and the network device of site 1 can send downlink transmission to the terminal device. .
  • the network equipment of the first cell and site 2 After the terminal equipment is handed over, the network equipment of the first cell and site 2 have different site addresses.
  • the information that the network device of the first cell and the site 2 is a different site may be notified to the terminal device by the network device of the site 1 through an RRC message, a PDCCH message or a system message.
  • the system message may be an on-demand system message.
  • the terminal device continues to send uplink transmission to the network device of site 2 in the first cell, when the terminal device sends information to the network device of site 3 or the first cell in the first cell, it can first send information to the network device of site 2 in the first cell The uplink transmission including the information is sent, and then the network device of site 2 sends the information to the network device of site 3 or the first cell through the backhaul, and the network device of site 3 can send the downlink transmission to the terminal device.
  • the first TA value is used to continue sending uplink transmission to the network device of site 2, and the adjustment amount of the first TA value can be sent to the site through the backhaul
  • the network device of 3 the network device of site 3 sends a signaling to the terminal device to notify the terminal device to adjust the first TA value.
  • the terminal device may assist the network device of the site 2 to adjust the first TA value by sending a periodic signal to the network device of the site 2 .
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of another handover scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the scenario includes a site, cell 1 in the site, and cell 2 in the site, where the site has a NUL carrier, a DL carrier corresponding to the NUL carrier, and a SUL carrier.
  • one network device may correspond to one or more cells.
  • the second cell and the first cell may belong to the same network device, that is, the first network device and the second network device may be the same network device.
  • the terminal device performs handover within the network device.
  • the terminal equipment is handed over from cell 1 to cell 2, and cell 1 and cell 2 belong to the same site.
  • Cell 1 may be the second cell
  • cell 2 may be the first cell
  • cell 1 and cell 2 correspond to the same network device.
  • the first cell can be obtained by executing the method from step 401 to step 403 or the method from step 601 to step 606 .
  • the SUL carrier of the terminal equipment in the first cell is the SUL carrier of the terminal equipment in the second cell, that is, before the handover until after the handover, the terminal equipment is in the first cell and the second cell.
  • the SUL carriers of the second cell may be carriers of the same frequency band, and the uplink transmissions sent by the terminal equipment on the SUL carriers of the first cell and the second cell are received by the same network equipment.
  • the terminal equipment may send uplink transmissions to the network equipment of the site on the SUL carrier. specifically:
  • the SUL carrier in the second cell is co-located with the second cell.
  • the terminal device sends information to the network device of the site or the second cell on the SUL carrier of the second cell, it can send an uplink transmission including the information to the network device of the site or the second cell, and the network device of the site can send downlink transmission to the terminal device. transmission.
  • the SUL carrier in the first cell is co-located with the first cell.
  • the information that the SUL carrier of the first cell is co-located with the first cell may be notified to the terminal device by the network device of the site through an RRC message, a PDCCH message or a system message.
  • the system message may be an on-demand system message. Since the terminal device determines that the SUL carrier in the first cell is the SUL carrier of the terminal device in the second cell, when the terminal device sends information to the network device of the site or the first cell on the SUL carrier of the first cell, it can send information to the network device of the site. Or the first cell sends an uplink transmission including the information, and the network device of the site can send the downlink transmission to the terminal device.
  • the first TA value when the network device of the site determines that the first TA value needs to be adjusted, the first TA value may be the TA value of the SUL carrier of the terminal device in the first cell, and the network device of the site may send signaling to the terminal device, Notify the terminal device to adjust the first TA value.
  • the terminal device may assist the network device of the site to adjust the first TA value by sending a periodic signal to the network device of the site.
  • the second TA value may be the TA value of the NUL carrier of the terminal device in the first cell, and the network device of the site may send signaling to the terminal device, Notify the terminal device to adjust the second TA value.
  • the terminal device may assist the network device of the site to adjust the second TA value by sending a periodic signal to the network device of the site.
  • the terminal device may adjust the first TA value and the second TA value through a signaling sent by the network device of the site or the first cell.
  • the first cell can be obtained by executing the method of step 701-step 703 or the method of step 801-step 806.
  • the terminal equipment switches from the second cell to the first cell, it can be determined that the terminal equipment continues to send uplink transmission to the network equipment of the site.
  • the device the network device of the site, sends the upstream transmission. specifically:
  • the network equipment of the second cell and the site are co-located.
  • the terminal device can send uplink transmission including the information to the network device of the site or the second cell, and the network device of the site can send downlink transmission to the terminal device.
  • the network equipment of the first cell and the site are co-located.
  • the information that the first cell and the network device of the site are on the same site may be notified to the terminal device by the network device of the site through an RRC message, a PDCCH message, or a system message.
  • the system message may be an on-demand system message. Since the terminal device continues to send uplink transmissions to the network device of the site in the first cell, when the terminal device sends information to the network device of the site or the first cell in the first cell, it can send information including the information to the network device of the site or the first cell The network equipment of the site can send the downlink transmission to the terminal equipment.
  • the first TA value is used to continue sending uplink transmission to the network device of the site, and the network device of the site can send signaling to the terminal device to notify the terminal device Adjust the first TA value.
  • the terminal device may assist the network device of the site to adjust the first TA value by sending a periodic signal to the network device of the site.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus may be a terminal device, or may be a module (eg, a chip) in the terminal device.
  • the communication device 1600 at least includes: a processing unit 1601 and a transceiver unit 1602; wherein:
  • the processing unit 1601 is configured to determine that after the terminal equipment is switched from the second cell to the first cell, the carrier that the terminal equipment performs uplink transmission in the first cell is the first carrier; wherein the first carrier and the second carrier belong to In the same frequency band, the second carrier is the carrier of the terminal device in the second cell.
  • the processing unit 1601 is further configured to, according to the transmission timing of the terminal device on the second carrier, the downlink timing of the first cell, and the TA offset value of the first cell, A first TA value is determined, where the first TA value is the TA value of the terminal device on the first carrier.
  • the same carrier as the second carrier exists in the active carrier of the first cell.
  • the terminal The device switches to the second carrier in the second cell.
  • the communication device further includes:
  • a transceiver unit 1602 configured to receive first indication information sent by a second network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform uplink transmission in the first cell as the carrier that is the first carrier,
  • the second network device is a network device corresponding to the second cell.
  • the transceiver unit 1602 is further configured to receive first information sent by a second network device, where the first information includes a TA offset value of the first cell.
  • the first information further includes: a time slot offset value between the first cell and the second cell, a system frame between the first cell and the second cell at least one of a number offset value and a frame boundary offset value between the first cell and the second cell;
  • the processing unit 1601 determines the first TA value according to the transmission timing of the terminal device on the second carrier, the downlink timing of the first cell, and the TA offset value of the first cell, including: according to: The terminal device determines the first TA value at the transmission timing of the second carrier, the downlink timing of the first cell, and the first information.
  • the first TA value may satisfy the following formula:
  • N TA is the first TA value
  • T tt is the transmission timing of the terminal device on the second carrier
  • T is the downlink timing of the first cell
  • N TA-offset is the first TA offset value of a cell
  • T C 1/( ⁇ f max ⁇ N f )
  • T slot-offset is the first cell and the second cell
  • the time slot offset value between cells T sfn-offset is the system frame number offset value between the first cell and the second cell
  • the T Fb-offset is the first cell and the second cell. frame boundary offset value between the second cells.
  • the transceiver unit 1602 is further configured to receive second indication information sent by the second network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first cell, and the second indication information Including the ID of the first cell.
  • the transceiver unit 1602 is further configured to receive a measurement configuration sent by the second network device; report the measurement result of the fifth cell to the second network device according to the measurement configuration; the first The three cells are at least one of the fifth cells.
  • the processing unit 1601 is further configured to determine N fourth cells according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the valid value of the third cell is There is at least one same carrier as the effective carrier of the second cell;
  • the transceiver unit 1602 is further configured to send the indication information of the N fourth cells to the second network device; and receive the second indication information sent by the second network device, where the second indication information is used for The first cell is indicated, the second indication information includes an ID of the first cell, and the first cell is one of the N fourth cells.
  • the processing unit 1601 determining the N fourth cells according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell includes: determining each cell in the third cell according to the information of the third cell corresponding priority; the N fourth cells are determined according to the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell and the measurement result of the third cell.
  • the transceiver unit 1602 is further configured to receive a measurement configuration sent by the second network device;
  • the processing unit 1601 is further configured to determine the measurement result of the fifth cell according to the measurement configuration.
  • the transceiver unit 1602 is further configured to receive information about the third cell sent by the second network device, where the third cell is at least one cell in the fifth cells.
  • the transceiver unit 1602 is further configured to send second information on the first carrier, where the second information is used to confirm the handover to the first network device, and the first network device is The network device corresponding to the first cell.
  • the transceiver unit 1602 is further configured to receive third indication information sent by the second network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate whether the second TA value and the first TA value are Similarly, the second TA value is the TA value of the terminal device on a fourth carrier, and the fourth carrier is a carrier of the terminal device in the first cell that is different from the first carrier.
  • the transceiver unit 1602 is further configured to send second information on the fourth carrier, where the second information is used to confirm the handover to the first network device.
  • processing unit 1601 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a circuit component related to the processor, and the transceiver unit 1602 may be implemented by a transceiver or a circuit component related to the transceiver.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus 1700 may include a processor 1701 , a memory 1702 , a transceiver 1703 and a bus 1704 .
  • the memory 1702 may exist independently, and may be connected to the processor 1701 through the bus 1704 .
  • the memory 1702 may also be integrated with the processor 1701.
  • the memory 1702 stores instructions or program codes, and may also store data.
  • the processor 1701 is used to execute instructions or program code stored in the memory 1702 .
  • a bus 1704 is used to enable connections between these components. In Fig.
  • the bus is represented by a thick line, and the connection mode between other components is only for schematic illustration and is not intended to be limiting.
  • the bus 1704 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in FIG. 17, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the processor 1701 is configured to perform the operations performed by the processing unit 1601 in the foregoing embodiments
  • the transceiver 1703 is configured to perform the operations performed by the transceiving unit 1602 in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 1600 or the communication apparatus 1700 in the embodiments of the present application may correspond to the terminal equipment in the method embodiments provided in the present application, and the operations and/or functions of the various modules in the communication apparatus 1600 or the communication apparatus 1700 Corresponding processes of the respective methods in FIG. 4 and FIG. 6 can be implemented respectively, which are not repeated here for brevity.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus may be the second network device, or may be a module (eg, a chip) in the second network device.
  • the communication device 1800 at least includes: a transceiver unit 1801 and a processing unit 1802; wherein:
  • the transceiver unit 1801 is configured to send first indication information to a terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the carrier that the terminal device performs uplink transmission on in the first cell is the first carrier, wherein the first A carrier and a second carrier belong to the same frequency band, and the second carrier is a carrier of the second cell.
  • the transceiver unit 1801 is further configured to send first information to the terminal device, where the first information includes a TA offset value of the first cell.
  • the first information further includes: a time slot offset value between the first cell and the second cell, a system frame between the first cell and the second cell at least one of a number offset value and a frame boundary offset value between the first cell and the second cell.
  • the communication device further includes:
  • a processing unit 1802 configured to determine the first cell according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell, and the effective carrier of the third cell and the effective carrier of the second cell have at least one same carrier;
  • the transceiver unit 1801 is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first cell, and the second indication information includes the ID of the first cell.
  • the processing unit 1802 determining the first cell according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell includes: determining each cell in the third cell according to the information of the third cell The corresponding priority; the first cell is determined according to the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell and the measurement result of the third area.
  • the transceiver unit 1801 is further configured to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device;
  • the transceiver unit 1801 is further configured to receive a measurement result of a fifth cell sent by the terminal device; the third cell is at least one cell of the fifth cells.
  • the transceiver unit 1801 is further configured to receive indication information of N fourth cells sent by the terminal device, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the N fourth cells are sent by the terminal device.
  • the device determines, according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell, that the effective carrier of the third cell and the effective carrier of the second cell have at least one same carrier;
  • the processing unit 1802 is further configured to determine the first cell according to the N fourth cells, where the first cell is one of the N fourth cells;
  • the transceiver unit 1801 is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first cell, and the second indication information includes the ID of the first cell.
  • the transceiver unit 1801 is further configured to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 1801 is further configured to send the information of the third cell to the terminal device, where the third cell is at least one of the fifth cells.
  • the transceiver unit 1801 is further configured to send third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to indicate whether the second TA value is the same as the first TA value, so The second TA value is the TA value of the terminal device on a fourth carrier, and the fourth carrier is a carrier of the terminal device in the first cell that is different from the first carrier.
  • the transceiver unit 1801 is further configured to send request information to a first network device, where the request information is used to request the terminal device to access the first network device, and the first network device is the network device corresponding to the first cell.
  • transceiver unit 1801 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component
  • processing unit 1802 may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus 1900 may include a processor 1901 , a memory 1902 , a transceiver 1903 and a bus 1904 .
  • the memory 1902 can exist independently, and can be connected to the processor 1901 through the bus 1904 .
  • the memory 1902 may also be integrated with the processor 1901.
  • the memory 1902 stores instructions or program codes, and may also store data.
  • the processor 1901 is used to execute instructions or program code stored in the memory 1902 .
  • a bus 1904 is used to enable connections between these components. In FIG.
  • the bus is represented by a thick line, and the connection mode between other components is only for schematic illustration, and is not intended to be limited.
  • the bus 1904 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is shown in FIG. 19, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the processor 1901 is configured to perform the operations performed by the processing unit 1802 in the foregoing embodiments
  • the transceiver 1903 is configured to perform the operations performed by the transceiving unit 1801 in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 1800 or the communication apparatus 1900 in the embodiments of the present application may correspond to the terminal equipment in the method embodiments provided in the present application, and the operations and/or functions of the various modules in the communication apparatus 1800 or the communication apparatus 1900 Corresponding processes of the respective methods in FIG. 4 and FIG. 6 can be implemented respectively, which are not repeated here for brevity.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus may be the first network device, or may be a module (eg, a chip) in the first network device.
  • the communication device 2000 at least includes: a transceiver unit 2001; wherein:
  • a transceiver unit 2001 configured to receive request information sent by a second network device, where the request information is used to request the terminal device to access the first network device, and the second network device is a network device corresponding to a second cell .
  • transceiver unit 2001 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus 2100 may include a processor 2101 , a memory 2102 , a transceiver 2103 and a bus 2104 .
  • the memory 2102 may exist independently, and may be connected to the processor 2101 through the bus 2104 .
  • the memory 2102 may also be integrated with the processor 2101.
  • the memory 2102 stores instructions or program codes, and can also store data.
  • the processor 2101 is used to execute instructions or program codes stored in the memory 2102 .
  • a bus 2104 is used to enable connections between these components.
  • the bus is represented by a thick line, and the connection mode between other components is only for schematic illustration, and is not intended to be limiting.
  • the bus 2104 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is shown in FIG. 21, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the transceiver 2103 is configured to perform the operations performed by the transceiver unit 2001 in the above embodiment.
  • the communication apparatus 2000 or the communication apparatus 2100 in the embodiment of the present application may correspond to the terminal device in the method embodiment provided in the present application, and the operations and/or functions of each module in the communication apparatus 2000 or the communication apparatus 2100 Corresponding processes of each method in FIG. 6 can be implemented respectively, and for brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus may be a terminal device, or may be a module (eg, a chip) in the terminal device.
  • the communication device 2200 at least includes: a transceiver unit 2201 and a processing unit 2202; wherein:
  • the transceiver unit 2201 is configured to receive third information sent by a second network device, where the third information includes first indication information and an ID of a first cell, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to continue to send the Four network devices send upstream transmissions.
  • the communication apparatus may further include: a processing unit 2202, configured to determine the first transmission timing according to the first transmission timing, the downlink timing of the first cell, and the TA offset value of the first cell A TA value, where the first TA value is used to continue sending uplink transmission to the fourth network device.
  • a processing unit 2202 configured to determine the first transmission timing according to the first transmission timing, the downlink timing of the first cell, and the TA offset value of the first cell A TA value, where the first TA value is used to continue sending uplink transmission to the fourth network device.
  • the transceiver unit 2201 is further configured to receive first information sent by a second network device, where the first information includes a TA offset value of the first cell.
  • the first information further includes: a time slot offset value between the first cell and the second cell, a system frame number offset between the first cell and the second cell at least one of an offset value and a frame boundary offset value between the first cell and the second cell.
  • the processing unit 2202 determining the first TA value according to the first transmission timing, the downlink timing of the first cell, and the TA offset value of the first cell includes: according to the first transmission timing The timing, the downlink timing of the first cell, and the first information determine a first TA value.
  • the first TA value may satisfy the following formula:
  • N TA is the first TA value
  • T tt is the first transmission timing
  • T is the downlink timing of the first cell
  • N TA-offset is the TA offset value of the first cell
  • T C 1/( ⁇ f max ⁇ N f )
  • T slot-offset is the time slot offset between the first cell and the second cell offset value
  • T sfn-offset is the system frame number offset value between the first cell and the second cell
  • the T Fb-offset is the offset value between the first cell and the second cell Frame boundary offset value.
  • the transceiver unit 2201 is further configured to receive second indication information sent by the second network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first cell, and the second indication information Including the ID of the first cell.
  • the transceiver unit 2201 is further configured to receive a measurement configuration sent by the second network device; report the measurement result of the fifth cell to the second network device according to the measurement configuration; the first The three cells are at least one of the fifth cells.
  • the processing unit 2202 is further configured to determine N fourth cells according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the valid value of the third cell is There is at least one same carrier as the effective carrier of the second cell;
  • the transceiver unit 2201 is further configured to send the indication information of the N fourth cells to the second network device; and receive the second indication information sent by the second network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the the first cell, the second indication information includes the ID of the first cell, and the first cell is one of the N fourth cells.
  • the processing unit 2202 determining the N fourth cells according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell includes: determining each cell in the third cell according to the information of the third cell corresponding priority; the N fourth cells are determined according to the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell and the measurement result of the third cell.
  • the transceiver unit 2201 is further configured to receive a measurement configuration sent by the second network device; and determine a measurement result of the fifth cell according to the measurement configuration.
  • the transceiver unit 2201 is further configured to receive the information of the third cell sent by the second network device, where the third cell is at least one of the fifth cells.
  • the transceiver unit 2201 is further configured to send uplink transmission information to the first network device when the fourth network device is the first network device, where the uplink transmission information Including second information, the second information is used to confirm the handover to the first network device; or if the fourth network device is the second network device, send an uplink to the second network device Transmission information, the uplink transmission information includes second information, and the second information is used to confirm the handover to the first network device.
  • transceiver unit 2201 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component
  • processing unit 2202 may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus 2300 may include a processor 2301 , a memory 2302 , a transceiver 2303 and a bus 2304 .
  • the memory 2302 may exist independently, and may be connected to the processor 2301 through the bus 2304 .
  • the memory 2302 may also be integrated with the processor 2301.
  • the memory 2302 stores instructions or program codes, and can also store data.
  • the processor 2301 is used to execute instructions or program codes stored in the memory 2302 .
  • a bus 2304 is used to enable connections between these components. In FIG.
  • the bus is represented by a thick line, and the connection mode between other components is only for schematic illustration, and is not intended to be limited.
  • the bus 2304 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is shown in FIG. 23, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the processor 2301 is configured to perform the operations performed by the processing unit 2202 in the foregoing embodiments
  • the transceiver 2303 is configured to perform the operations performed by the transceiving unit 2201 in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 2200 or the communication apparatus 2300 in the embodiments of the present application may correspond to the terminal equipment in the method embodiments provided in the present application, and the operations and/or functions of the various modules in the communication apparatus 2200 or the communication apparatus 2300 Corresponding processes of the respective methods in FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 can be implemented respectively, which are not repeated here for brevity.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus may be the second network device, or may be a module (eg, a chip) in the second network device.
  • the communication device 2400 at least includes: a transceiver unit 2401 and a processing unit 2402; wherein:
  • Transceiver unit 2401 configured to send third information to the terminal device, where the third information includes first indication information and the ID of the first cell, the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to continue to the fourth network device Send upstream transmission.
  • the transceiver unit 2401 is further configured to send first information to the terminal device, where the first information includes a TA offset value of the first cell.
  • the first information further includes: a time slot offset value between the first cell and the second cell, a system frame number offset between the first cell and the second cell at least one of an offset value and a frame boundary offset value between the first cell and the second cell.
  • the communication apparatus may further include: a processing unit 2402, configured to determine the first cell according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell, and the effective carrier of the third cell is the same as that of the third cell. There is at least one identical carrier in the effective carrier of the second cell;
  • the transceiver unit 2401 is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first cell, and the second indication information includes the ID of the first cell.
  • the processing unit 2402 determining the first cell according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell includes: determining each cell in the third cell according to the information of the third cell Corresponding priority; determining the first cell according to the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell and the measurement result of the third area.
  • the transceiver unit 2401 is further configured to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 2401 is further configured to receive a measurement result of a fifth cell sent by the terminal device; the third cell is at least one cell of the fifth cells.
  • the transceiver unit 2401 is further configured to receive indication information of N fourth cells sent by the terminal device, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the N fourth cells are sent by the terminal device.
  • the device determines, according to the measurement result of the third cell and the information of the third cell, that the effective carrier of the third cell and the effective carrier of the second cell have at least one same carrier;
  • the processing unit 2402 is further configured to determine the first cell according to the N fourth cells, where the first cell is one of the N fourth cells;
  • the transceiver unit 2401 is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first cell, and the second indication information includes the ID of the first cell.
  • the transceiver unit 2401 is further configured to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 2401 is further configured to send the information of the third cell to the terminal device, where the third cell is at least one of the fifth cells.
  • the transceiver unit 2401 is further configured to send request information to the first network device, where the request information is used to request the terminal device to access the first network device.
  • the transceiver unit 2401 is further configured to receive uplink transmission information sent by the terminal device when the fourth network device is the second network device, where the uplink transmission information includes second information, where the second information is used to confirm the handover to the first network device.
  • transceiver unit 2401 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component
  • processing unit 2402 may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component.
  • the communication apparatus 2500 may include a processor 2501 , a memory 2502 , a transceiver 2503 and a bus 2504 .
  • the memory 2502 may exist independently, and may be connected to the processor 2501 through the bus 2504 .
  • the memory 2502 may also be integrated with the processor 2501.
  • the memory 2502 stores instructions or program codes, and can also store data.
  • the processor 2501 is used to execute instructions or program code stored in the memory 2502 .
  • a bus 2504 is used to enable connections between these components.
  • the bus is represented by a thick line, and the connection mode between other components is only for schematic illustration and is not intended to be limited.
  • the bus 2504 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is shown in FIG. 25, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the processor 2501 is configured to perform the operations performed by the processing unit 2402 in the foregoing embodiments
  • the transceiver 2503 is configured to perform the operations performed by the transceiving unit 2401 in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 2400 or the communication apparatus 2500 in this embodiment of the present application may correspond to the terminal device in the method embodiment provided in the present application, and the operations and/or functions of each module in the communication apparatus 2400 or the communication apparatus 2500 Corresponding processes of the respective methods in FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 can be implemented respectively, which are not repeated here for brevity.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus may be the first network device, or may be a module (eg, a chip) in the first network device.
  • the communication device 2600 includes at least: a transceiver unit 2601; wherein:
  • a transceiver unit 2601 configured to receive uplink transmission information sent by a terminal device when the fourth network device is the first network device, where the uplink transmission information includes second information, and the second information is used to send the information to the first network device.
  • a network device confirms the handover.
  • the transceiver unit 2601 is further configured to receive request information sent by a second network device, where the request information is used to request the terminal device to access the first network device.
  • transceiver unit 2601 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus 2700 may include a processor 2701 , a memory 2702 , a transceiver 2703 and a bus 2704 .
  • the memory 2702 may exist independently, and may be connected to the processor 2701 through the bus 2704 .
  • the memory 2702 may also be integrated with the processor 2701.
  • the memory 2702 stores instructions or program codes, and can also store data.
  • the processor 2701 is used to execute instructions or program code stored in the memory 2702 .
  • a bus 2704 is used to enable connections between these components.
  • the bus is represented by a thick line, and the connection mode between other components is only for schematic illustration and is not intended to be limited.
  • the bus 2704 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is shown in FIG. 27, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the transceiver 2703 is used to perform the operations performed by the transceiver unit 2601 in the above-mentioned embodiment.
  • the communication apparatus 2600 or the communication apparatus 2700 in this embodiment of the present application may correspond to the terminal device in the method embodiment provided in the present application, and the operations and/or functions of each module in the communication apparatus 2600 or the communication apparatus 2700 Corresponding processes of the respective methods in FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 can be implemented respectively, which are not repeated here for brevity.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus may be a terminal device, or may be a module (eg, a chip) in the terminal device.
  • the communication device 2800 at least includes: a processing unit 2801 and a transceiver unit 2802; wherein:
  • the processing unit 2801 is configured to determine N fourth cells according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the fifth cell, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the effective carrier of the third cell and the effective carrier of the second cell are There is at least one identical carrier in the carrier;
  • a transceiver unit 2802 configured to send the indication information of the N fourth cells to a second network device, where the second network device is a network device corresponding to the second cell;
  • the transceiver unit 2802 is further configured to receive second indication information sent by the second network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first cell, and the second indication information includes the first cell ID, the first cell is one of the N fourth cells.
  • the processing unit 2801 determining N fourth cells according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the fifth cell includes: in the case of the third cell existing in the fifth cell, Determine the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell according to the information of the third cell; determine the N according to the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell and the measurement result of the third cell the fourth district.
  • the processing unit 2801 determining the N fourth cells according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the fifth cell includes: in the case that the third cell does not exist in the fifth cell, according to the The N fourth cells are determined according to the measurement result of the fifth cell.
  • the transceiver unit 2802 is further configured to receive a measurement configuration sent by a second network device, where the second network device is a network device corresponding to the second cell;
  • the processing unit 2801 is further configured to determine the measurement result of the fifth cell according to the measurement configuration.
  • the transceiver unit 2802 is further configured to receive the information of the third cell sent by the second network device.
  • the transceiver unit 2802 is further configured to receive a measurement configuration sent by a second network device, where the second network device is a network device corresponding to the second cell; The second network device reports the measurement result of the fifth cell.
  • processing unit 2801 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a circuit component related to the processor, and the transceiver unit 2802 may be implemented by a transceiver or a circuit component related to the transceiver.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus 2900 may include a processor 2901 , a memory 2902 , a transceiver 2903 and a bus 2904 .
  • the memory 2902 may exist independently, and may be connected to the processor 2901 through the bus 2904 .
  • the memory 2902 may also be integrated with the processor 2901.
  • the memory 2902 stores instructions or program codes, and can also store data.
  • the processor 2901 is used to execute instructions or program codes stored in the memory 2902 .
  • a bus 2904 is used to enable connections between these components.
  • bus 2904 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is shown in FIG. 29, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the processor 2901 is configured to perform the operations performed by the processing unit 2801 in the foregoing embodiments
  • the transceiver 2903 is configured to perform the operations performed by the transceiving unit 2802 in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 2800 or the communication apparatus 2900 in the embodiments of the present application may correspond to the terminal equipment in the method embodiments provided in the present application, and the operations and/or functions of each module in the communication apparatus 2800 or the communication apparatus 2900 Corresponding processes of the respective methods in FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 may be implemented respectively, which are not repeated here for brevity.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus may be the second network device, or may be a module (eg, a chip) in the second network device.
  • the communication device 3000 at least includes: a processing unit 3001 and a transceiver unit 3002; wherein:
  • the processing unit 3001 is configured to determine the first cell according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the fifth cell, and the effective carrier of the third cell and the effective carrier of the second cell have at least one same carrier.
  • the processing unit 3001 determining the first cell according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the fifth cell includes: in the case of the third cell existing in the fifth cell, according to the The information of the third cell determines the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell; the first cell is determined according to the priority corresponding to each cell in the third cell and the measurement result of the third cell .
  • the processing unit 3001 determining the first cell according to the information of the third cell and the measurement result of the fifth cell includes: if the third cell does not exist in the fifth cell, according to the The first cell is determined by the measurement result of the fifth cell.
  • the communication device further includes:
  • a transceiver unit 3002 configured to send a measurement configuration to the terminal device; and receive the measurement result of the fifth cell sent by the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 3002 is further configured to receive indication information of N fourth cells sent by the terminal device, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the N fourth cells are determined by the terminal device according to the The information of the third cell and the measurement result of the fifth cell determine that the effective carrier of the third cell and the effective carrier of the second cell have at least one same carrier;
  • the processing unit 3001 is further configured to determine a first cell according to the N fourth cells, where the first cell is one of the N fourth cells.
  • the transceiver unit 3002 is further configured to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 3002 is further configured to send the information of the third cell to the terminal device.
  • processing unit 3001 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a circuit component related to the processor, and the transceiver unit 3002 may be implemented by a transceiver or a circuit component related to the transceiver.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus 3100 may include a processor 3101 , a memory 3102 , a transceiver 3103 and a bus 3104 .
  • the memory 3102 may exist independently, and may be connected to the processor 3101 through the bus 3104 .
  • the memory 3102 may also be integrated with the processor 3101.
  • the memory 3102 stores instructions or program codes, and can also store data.
  • the processor 3101 is used to execute instructions or program codes stored in the memory 3102 .
  • a bus 3104 is used to enable connections between these components.
  • the bus is represented by a thick line, and the connection modes between other components are only for schematic illustration and are not intended to be limiting.
  • the bus 3104 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is shown in FIG. 31, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the processor 3101 is configured to perform the operations performed by the processing unit 3001 in the foregoing embodiments
  • the transceiver 3103 is configured to perform the operations performed by the transceiving unit 3002 in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 3000 or the communication apparatus 3100 in the embodiment of the present application may correspond to the terminal device in the method embodiment provided in the present application, and the operations and/or functions of each module in the communication apparatus 3000 or the communication apparatus 3100 Corresponding processes of the respective methods in FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 may be implemented respectively, which are not repeated here for brevity.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the program is executed by a processor, can implement a process related to a terminal device in the communication method provided by the above method embodiments.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the program is executed by a processor, can implement the processes related to the first network device in the communication method provided by the above method embodiments.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the program is executed by a processor, can implement a process related to a second network device in the communication method provided by the above method embodiments.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, which, when run on a computer or a processor, causes the computer or processor to execute one or more steps in any one of the above communication methods. If each component module of the above-mentioned device is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, and the communication system may include a terminal device, a first network device, and a second network device.
  • the communication system may include a terminal device, a first network device, and a second network device.
  • the non-volatile memory may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be a hard disk drive (HDD), a solid-state drive (SSD), a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • dynamic RAM dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous dynamic random access memory synchronous dRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous link dynamic random access memory direct rambus RAM, DR RAM
  • Memory is, but is not limited to, any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer.
  • the memory in this embodiment of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device capable of implementing a storage function, for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • processors mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), application-specific integrated circuits (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • a general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components
  • the memory storage module
  • memory described herein is intended to include, but not be limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the sequence of execution, and the execution sequence of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be dealt with in the embodiments of the present application. implementation constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: a U disk, a removable hard disk, a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk and other mediums that can store program codes.
  • modules/units in the apparatus of the embodiment of the present application may be combined, divided, and deleted according to actual needs.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供了一种通信方法、装置及计算机可读存储介质。其中,该方法包括:确定在终端设备从第二小区切换到第一小区后,在第一小区中终端设备进行上行传输的载波为第一载波;其中,所述第一载波和第二载波属于同一个频段,所述第二载波为所述终端设备在第二小区的载波。通过本申请提供的技术方案,无需随机接入,终端设备可以实现在第一小区进行上行传输。因此,本申请提供的方案,能够有效避免终端设备向第一小区进行需要随机接入的切换过程中可能产生的时延和中断问题,可以提高通信的效率。

Description

一种通信方法、装置及计算机可读存储介质
本申请要求于2020年08月31日提交中国专利局、申请号为202010901420.2、申请名称为“一种通信方法、装置及计算机可读存储介质”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及无线通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法、装置及计算机可读存储介质。
背景技术
在无线通信系统中,当用户设备(user equipment,UE)处于业务连接状态,保持业务服务时,从一个小区移动到另外一个小区,为了保证UE通信的连续性,需要进行切换。
在新无线接入系统(new radio access technology,NR)中,进行切换过程中,UE需要向目标小区进行随机接入以获得UE切换到目标小区后的定时提前(timing advance,TA)值,来完成UE在目标小区的上行同步。然而,UE向目标小区进行需要随机接入的切换过程中可能产生时延和中断的问题,以致降低了通信的效率。
发明内容
本申请提供了一种通信方法、装置及计算机可读存储介质,能够提高通信的效率。
第一方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以应用于终端设备,也可以应用于终端设备中的模块(例如,芯片),下面以应用于终端设备为例进行描述。该通信方法可以包括:确定在终端设备从第二小区切换到第一小区后,在第一小区中终端设备进行上行传输的载波为第一载波;其中,所述第一载波和第二载波属于同一个频段,所述第二载波为所述终端设备在第二小区的载波。
在本申请提供的方案中,终端设备切换前,在第二小区与第二网络设备通信,第二网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输,终端设备可以在第二载波向第四网络设备发送上行传输,第四网络设备是指可以接收终端设备在第二载波发送的上行传输的网络设备。第四网络设备再将上行传输的数据发送给第二网络设备,例如,第四网络设备可以通过回程将上行传输的数据发送给第二网络设备。如果第二网络设备就是第四网络设备,也就是说第二载波和第二小区共站址,也可以说第二载波和第二网络设备共站址的话,那么终端设备可以直接在第二载波向第二网络设备发送上行传输。终端设备切换后,在第一小区与第一网络设备通信,第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输,终端设备可以在第一载波向第五网络设备发送上行传输,第五网络设备是指可以接收终端设备在第一载波发送的上行传输的网络设备。第五网络设备再将上行传输的数据发送给第一网络设备,例如,第五网络设备可以通过回程将上行传输的数据发送给第一网络设备。如果第一网络设备就是第五网络设备,也就是说第一载波和第一小区共站址,也可以说第一载波和第一网络设备共站址的话,那么终端设备可以直接在第一载波向第一网络设备发送上行传输。
本申请实施例中所提及到的切换,可以是小区切换。第一小区可以是目标小区(target cell),第二小区可以是源(原)小区(source cell)。第一网络设备可以是目标网络设备, 第二网络设备可以是源(原)网络设备,也就是说,第一网络设备是第一小区对应的网络设备,第二网络设备是第二小区对应的网络设备。
应理解,某一网络设备为某一小区对应的网络设备,可以理解为,某一个网络设备为某一小区所属的网络设备,也可以理解为,某一网络设备服务于某一小区,还可以理解为,某一网络设备的某一小区。例如,可以从网络设备获取小区的信息,该信息可以是调度信息,这些调度信息可以用于终端设备向网络设备进行上行传输或者网络设备向终端设备进行下行传输。
第一载波为第一小区的载波,第二载波为第二小区的载波,可以理解为,第一载波为第一小区对应的载波,第二载波为第二小区对应的载波;也可以理解为,第一载波为被第一小区配置的载波,第二载波为被第二小区配置的载波。
第一载波和第二载波可以属于同一个频段,且终端设备在第一载波和第二载波发送的上行传输由同一个网络设备接收。在一种可能的方式中,第一载波和第二载波是同一载波。
第一载波和第二载波是同一个载波,可以理解为,终端设备在第一载波和第二载波发送的上行传输由同一个网络设备接收,且满足以下至少一个条件:第一载波和第二载波的载波频率相同;第一载波和第二载波的频率参考点相同;第一载波和第二载波的频率位置相同;第一载波和第二载波的载波带宽相同。
在终端设备从第二小区切换到第一小区后,在第一小区中终端设备进行上行传输的载波为第一载波,可以理解为,终端设备切换后,在第一小区与第一网络设备通信,第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输,终端设备可以在第一载波向第四网络设备发送上行传输,第四网络设备再将上行传输的数据发送给第一网络设备,例如,第四网络设备可以通过回程将上行传输的数据发送给第一网络设备。如果第一网络设备就是第四网络设备,那么终端设备可以直接在第一载波向第一网络设备发送上行传输,第一载波和第二载波属于同一个频段,且终端设备在第一载波和第二载波发送的上行传输由同一个网络设备接收。第二载波为终端设备在第二小区的载波。
在终端设备从第二小区切换到第一小区后,在第一小区中终端设备进行上行传输的载波为第一载波,也可以理解为,终端设备切换前直到切换后,在第二小区和第一小区,可以在与第二载波同一个频段的第一载波上,向第四网络设备发送上行传输;还可以理解为,终端设备切换前直到切换后,在第二小区和第一小区,可以在与第二载波同频率位置的第一载波上,向第四网络设备发送上行传输;还可以理解为,终端设备切换前直到切换后,在第二小区和第一小区,可以在同一个载波上,即第二载波,继续向第四网络设备发送上行传输。例如,终端设备在第一小区的辅助上行(supplementary uplink,SUL)载波和在第二小区的SUL载波属于同一个频段,终端设备分别在两个小区中,在SUL载波向第四网络设备发送上行传输,第四网络设备是指可以接收终端设备在该SUL载波发送的上行传输的网络设备。又例如,终端设备在第一小区的SUL载波和在第二小区的NUL载波属于同一个频段,终端设备分别在两个小区中,在NUL(或SUL)载波向第四网络设备发送上行传输,第四网络设备是指可以接收终端设备在NUL(或SUL)载波发送的上行传输的网络设备。又例如,终端设备在第一小区的NUL载波和在第二小区的SUL载波属于同一个频段,终端设备分别在两个小区中,在SUL(或NUL)载波向第四网络设备发送上行传输, 第四网络设备是指可以接收终端设备在SUL(或NUL)载波发送的上行传输的网络设备。因此,本申请提供的方案,能够有效避免终端设备向第一小区进行需要随机接入的切换过程中可能产生的时延和中断问题,可以提高通信的效率。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还包括:根据终端设备在所述第二载波的发送定时(transmission timing)、所述第一小区的下行链路定时(downlink timing)和所述第一小区的定时提前(timing advance,TA)偏移值,确定第一TA值,所述第一TA值为所述终端设备在所述第一载波的TA值。
应理解,如果终端设备切换到第一小区后,上行载波只有第一载波,那么确定终端设备在第一载波的TA值,也可以理解为确定终端设备在第一小区的TA值;如果终端设备切换到第一小区后,上行载波有第一载波,也有其他载波,在第一载波与其他载波的TA值相同的情况下,确定终端设备在第一载波的TA值,也可以理解为确定终端设备在第一小区的TA值。
终端设备确定在终端设备从第二小区切换到第一小区后,在第一小区中终端设备进行上行传输的载波为第一载波之后,可以根据在第二载波的发送定时、第一小区的下行链路定时和第一小区的TA偏移值,确定第一TA值。第一载波和第二载波可以为上行载波,那么终端设备在第二载波的发送定时,可以理解为,终端设备在第二载波的上行定时。第一TA值为终端设备在第一载波的TA值。这样,无需随机接入,就可以确定在第一载波的TA值,从而实现终端设备在第一小区的第一载波的上行同步。因此,本申请提供的方案,能够有效避免终端设备向第一小区进行需要随机接入的切换过程中可能产生的时延和中断问题,可以提高通信的效率。
在一种可能的实现方式中,在所述第一小区的有效载波中存在与所述第二载波相同的载波。
第一小区的有效载波中存在与第二载波相同的载波,可以理解为,第二载波存在于第一小区的有效载波中,也可以理解为,第一小区的有效载波中的一个载波与第二载波是相同的载波。第一小区的有效载波中存在至少一个与第二载波相同的载波。
第一小区的有效载波中的一个载波与第二载波是相同的载波,可以理解为,终端设备在第一小区的有效载波中的一个载波与第二载波发送的上行传输由同一个网络设备接收,且满足以下至少一个条件:第一载波和第二载波的载波频率相同;第一小区的有效载波中的一个载波和第二载波的频率参考点相同;第一小区的有效载波中的一个载波和第二载波的频率位置相同;第一小区的有效载波中的一个载波和第二载波的载波带宽相同。
有效载波,可以理解为,覆盖小区的载波,或者覆盖小区且可被配置的载波,或者小区中可被配置的载波,或者属于小区的载波,或者被配置给终端设备使用的载波,或者小区被配置的载波,或者被至少一个小区共享使用(配置)的载波,或者是终端设备从小区的系统消息可获取到配置信息的载波,或者是终端设备从小区的专有信令可获取到配置信息的载波,有效载波可以为一个或多个,本申请对此不作限定。终端设备在小区被调度的数据或控制信息可以在有效载波发送。
在本申请提供的方案中,如果第一小区的有效载波中存在与第二载波相同的载波,可以保证终端设备从第二小区切换到第一小区后,在第一小区中终端设备进行上行传输的载 波为第一载波。这样,无需随机接入,就可以实现切换,可以提高通信的效率。如果第一小区的有效载波中不存在与第二载波相同的载波,那么终端设备切换过程中还要进行随机接入,可能产生时延和中断的问题。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还包括:在所述终端设备在第二小区的载波为第三载波,且所述第一小区的有效载波中不存在与所述第三载波相同的载波的情况下,所述终端设备在第二小区中切换至所述第二载波。
在本申请提供的方案中,如果终端设备在第二小区的载波是第三载波,第一小区的有效载波中不存在与第三载波相同的载波,那么终端设备可以在第二小区中先从第三载波切换至第二载波。这样,可以保证第一小区的有效载波中存在与第二载波相同的载波,可以保证终端设备在切换后,在第一小区的第一载波进行上行传输。这样,无需随机接入,就可以实现切换,可以提高通信的效率。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还包括:接收第二网络设备发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述第一小区中进行上行传输的载波为所述第一载波,所述第二网络设备为所述第二小区对应的网络设备。
在本申请提供的方案中,第二网络设备可以通过向终端设备发送第一指示信息,指示终端设备在所述第一小区中进行上行传输的载波为所述第一载波,确定在所述第一小区中进行上行传输的载波为所述第一载波,可以是由第二网络设备下发给终端设备的,不需要终端设备来确定。因此,可以减少终端设备的资源消耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:接收第二网络设备发送的第一信息,所述第一信息包括所述第一小区的TA偏移值。
在本申请提供的方案中,第一信息可以用于终端设备计算在第一载波的TA值,从而实现终端设备在第一小区的第一载波的上行同步。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息还包括:所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的时隙偏移值、所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的系统帧号偏移值和所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的帧边界偏移值中的至少一个;所述根据所述终端设备在所述第二载波的发送定时、所述第一小区的下行链路定时和所述第一小区的TA偏移值,确定第一TA值包括:根据所述终端设备在所述第二载波的发送定时、所述第一小区的下行链路定时以及所述第一信息,确定第一TA值。
在本申请提供的方案中,由于在终端设备从第二小区切换到第一小区后,在第一小区中终端设备进行上行传输的载波为第一载波,即切换前后,终端设备在第二小区和第一小区发送上行传输的是同一频段的载波,且终端设备在第一载波和第二载波发送的上行传输由同一个网络设备接收,所以终端设备发送上行传输的发送定时应该保持不变。从第二小区切换到第一小区,在第一小区进行上行传输时,终端设备需要参考第一小区的下行链路定时,不再需要参考第二小区的下行链路定时,所以终端设备在第一载波的TA值需要进行相应的调整。具体地,第一信息可以是第二网络设备下发给终端设备的,在第二载波的发送定时是终端设备已确定的,第一小区的下行链路定时是可以由终端设备通过检测第一小区的同步信号块(synchronization signal/PBCH block,SSB)信息或其他参考信号获得的。因此,终端设备可以根据第一信息、在第二载波的发送定时和第一小区的下行链路定时确 定第一TA值,从而实现终端设备在第一小区的第一载波的上行同步。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一TA值可以满足如下公式:
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000001
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000002
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000003
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000004
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000005
其中,N TA为所述第一TA值,T tt为所述终端设备在所述第二载波的发送定时,T为所述第一小区的下行链路定时,N TA-offset为所述第一小区的TA偏移值,T C=1/(Δf max·N f),Δf max=480·10 3Hz且N f=4096,T slot-offset为所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的时隙偏移值,T sfn-offset为所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的系统帧号偏移值,所述T Fb-offset为所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的帧边界偏移值。
在本申请提供的方案中,可以根据包括上述公式中的任一一个公式确定第一TA值,从而实现终端设备在第一小区的第一载波的上行同步。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:接收所述第二网络设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的标识(identity document,ID)。
在本申请提供的方案中,终端设备接收第二网络设备下发的第二指示信息,终端设备可以通过第二指示信息包括的第一小区的ID,确定将要切换到的第一小区是哪个小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:接收所述第二网络设备发送的测量配置;根据所述测量配置向所述第二网络设备上报第五小区的测量结果;所述第三小区为所述第五小区中的至少一个小区。
在本申请提供的方案中,第二网络设备通过向终端设备下发测量配置,从终端设备得到第五小区的测量结果,第五小区可以包括第二小区以及第二小区的相邻小区。第二网络设备可以根据第五小区的测量结果可以确定终端设备是否需要切换,在需要切换的情况下,可以根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定第一小区,再向终端设备下发第二指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定N个第四小区,N为大于等于1的整数,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述 第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;向所述第二网络设备发送所述N个第四小区的指示信息;接收所述第二网络设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID,所述第一小区为所述N个第四小区中的一个。
在本申请提供的方案中,终端设备可以根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定N个第四小区,第四小区可以是候选小区。再将N个第四小区的指示信息上报给第二网络设备,由第二网络设备从N个第四小区中确定一个第一小区,第二网络设备再向终端设备下发第二指示信息。由于第三小区的有效载波与第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波,所以根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定N个第四小区,可以保证N个第四小区中每个小区的有效载波存在与第二小区的有效载波相同的载波,进而第二网络设备从N个第四小区中确定的一个第一小区,可以保证终端设备从第二小区切换到第一小区后,在第一小区中终端设备进行上行传输的载波为第一载波,使得终端设备在切换过程中无需随机接入,实现终端设备在第一小区的第一载波的上行同步,可以提高通信的效率。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定N个第四小区包括:根据所述第三小区的信息确定所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级;根据所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和所述第三小区的测量结果确定所述N个第四小区。
在本申请提供的方案中,第三小区的信息可以包括第三小区中每个小区的ID、每个小区的有效载波信息,不同的有效载波的信息可以对应不同的优先级,即每个小区的不同的有效载波的信息对应不同的优先级,终端设备根据第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和测量结果再确定N个第四小区。有效载波的信息与优先级的对应关系可以由协议预定义的,也可以是由第二网络设备确定的。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:接收所述第二网络设备发送的测量配置;根据所述测量配置确定第五小区的测量结果。
在本申请提供的方案中,第二网络设备可以向终端设备下发测量配置,终端设备根据测量配置得到第五小区的测量结果之后,不用将第五小区的测量结果上报给第二网络设备,用以终端设备来确定N个第四小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:接收所述第二网络设备发送的所述第三小区的信息,所述第三小区为所述第五小区中的至少一个小区。
在本申请提供的方案中,终端设备可以接收第二网络设备发送的第三小区的信息。第三小区是第五小区中的至少一个小区,所以终端设备可以从第五小区的测量结果中得到第三小区的测量结果,再根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定N个第四小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:在所述第一载波发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于向所述第一网络设备确认切换,所述第一网络设备为所述第一小区对应的网络设备。
在本申请提供的方案中,终端设备在第一载波向第五网络设备发送上行传输,第五网络设备再将上行传输的数据发送给第一网络设备,如果第一网络设备就是第五网络设备,终端设备可以直接在第一载波向第一网络设备发送上行传输。上行传输可以是第二信息, 第二信息可以用于向第一网络设备确认切换,确认切换可以是确认终端设备从第二小区切换到第一小区。这样,终端设备无需随机接入就可以确定第一TA值,还可以根据该第一TA值实现终端设备在第一小区的第一载波的上行同步,可以提高通信的效率。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:接收所述第二网络设备发送的第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示第二TA值与所述第一TA值是否相同,所述第二TA值为所述终端设备在第四载波的TA值,所述第四载波为所述终端设备在所述第一小区的不同于所述第一载波的载波。
在本申请提供的方案中,终端设备可以根据来自第二网络设备的第三指示信息确定第二TA值,第四载波可以为终端设备在第一小区不同于第一载波的上行载波。例如,第四载波可以为正常上行链路(normal uplink,NUL)载波。如果第三指示信息指示第二TA值与第一TA值相同,则无需随机接入,就可以确定第二TA值,实现终端设备在第一小区的第四载波的上行同步,可以提高通信的效率。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:在所述第四载波发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于向所述第一网络设备确认切换。
在本申请提供的方案中,终端设备可以在第四载波向第六网络设备发送上行传输,第六网络设备是指可以接收终端设备在第四载波发送的上行传输的网络设备,第六网络设备再将上行传输的数据发送给第一网络设备,如果第一网络设备就是第六网络设备,终端设备可以直接在第四载波向第一网络设备发送上行传输。上行传输可以是第二信息,第二信息可以用于向第一网络设备确认切换。这样,终端设备无需随机接入就可以确定第二TA值,还可以根据该第二TA值实现终端设备在第一小区的第四载波的上行同步,可以提高通信的效率。
第二方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以应用于第二网络设备,也可以应用于第二网络设备中的模块(例如,芯片),下面以应用于第二网络设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:向终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述第一小区中进行上行传输的载波为第一载波,其中,第一载波和第二载波属于同一个频段,且终端设备在第一载波和第二载波发送的上行传输由同一个网络设备接收。所述第二载波为所述终端设备在第二小区的载波。
在本申请提供的方案中,第二网络设备可以通过向终端设备发送第一指示信息,指示终端设备在所述第一小区中进行上行传输的载波为第一载波。
在所述第一小区中进行上行传输的载波为第一载波,可以理解为,终端设备切换后,在第一小区与第一网络设备通信,第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输,终端设备可以在第一载波向第四网络设备发送上行传输,第四网络设备再将上行传输的数据发送给第一网络设备,例如,第四网络设备可以通过回程将上行传输的数据发送给第一网络设备。如果第一网络设备就是第四网络设备,那么终端设备可以直接在第一载波向第一网络设备发送上行传输,第一载波和第二载波属于同一个频段,且终端设备在第一载波和第二载波发送的上行传输由同一个网络设备接收。第二载波为终端设备在第二小区的载波。
在所述第一小区中进行上行传输的载波为第一载波,也可以理解为,终端设备切换前 直到切换后,在第二小区和第一小区,可以在与第二载波同一个频段的第一载波上,向第四网络设备发送上行传输;还可以理解为,终端设备切换前直到切换后,在第二小区和第一小区,可以在与第二载波同频率的第一载波上,向第四网络设备发送上行传输;还可以理解为,终端设备切换前直到切换后,在第二小区和第一小区,可以在同一个载波上,即第二载波,继续向第四网络设备发送上行传输。例如,终端设备在第一小区的辅助上行(supplementary uplink,SUL)载波和在第二小区的SUL载波属于同一个频段,终端设备分别在两个小区中,在SUL载波向第四网络设备发送上行传输,第四网络设备是指可以接收终端设备在该SUL载波发送的上行传输的网络设备。又例如,终端设备在第一小区的SUL载波和在第二小区的NUL载波属于同一个频段,终端设备分别在两个小区中,在NUL(或SUL)载波向第四网络设备发送上行传输,第四网络设备是指可以接收终端设备在NUL(或SUL)载波发送的上行传输的网络设备。又例如,终端设备在第一小区的NUL载波和在第二小区的SUL载波属于同一个频段,终端设备分别在两个小区中,在SUL(或NUL)载波向第四网络设备发送上行传输,第四网络设备是指可以接收终端设备在SUL(或NUL)载波发送的上行传输的网络设备。因此,本申请提供的方案,能够有效避免终端设备向第一小区进行需要随机接入的切换过程中可能产生的时延和中断问题,可以提高通信的效率。
终端设备确定在终端设备从第二小区切换到第一小区后,在第一小区中终端设备进行上行传输的载波为第一载波之后,可以根据在第二载波的发送定时、第一小区的下行链路定时和第一小区的TA偏移值,确定第一TA值,第一TA值为终端设备在第一载波的TA值。这样,无需随机接入,就可以确定在第一载波的TA值,从而实现终端设备在第一小区的第一载波的上行同步。因此,本申请提供的方案,能够有效避免终端设备向第一小区进行需要随机接入的切换过程中可能产生的时延和中断问题,可以提高通信的效率。
应理解,第二方面的执行主体为第二网络设备,第二方面的具体内容与第一方面的内容对应,第二方面相应特征以及达到的有益效果可以参考第一方面的描述,为避免重复,此处适当省略详细描述。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:向所述终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息包括所述第一小区的TA偏移值。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息还包括:所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的时隙偏移值、所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的系统帧号偏移值和所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的帧边界偏移值中的至少一个。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定所述第一小区,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID。
在本申请提供的方案中,第三小区的信息是第二终端设备已知的,由于第三小区是第五小区中的至少一个小区,所以第三小区的测量结果是可以从终端设备上报的第五小区的测量结果中得到。第二网络设备可以根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定第一小区,再向终端设备下发第二指示信息。由于第三小区的有效载波与第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波,所以根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定第一小区, 可以保证终端设备从第二小区切换到第一小区后,在第一小区中终端设备进行上行传输的载波为第一载波,使得终端设备在切换过程中无需随机接入,实现终端设备在第一小区的第一载波的上行同步,可以提高通信的效率。
第三小区的有效载波与第二小区的有效载波存在相同的载波,可以理解为,第二小区的有效载波中的一个载波存在于第三小区的有效载波中,也可以理解为,第二小区的有效载波中的一个载波与第三小区的有效载波中的一个载波是相同的载波。第三小区的有效载波与第二小区的有效载波相同的载波可以有至少一个。
第二小区的有效载波中的一个载波与第三小区的有效载波中的一个载波是相同的载波,可以理解为,终端设备在第二小区的有效载波中的一个载波与第三小区的有效载波中的一个载波发送的上行传输由同一个网络设备接收,且满足以下至少一个条件:第二小区的有效载波中的一个载波与第三小区的有效载波中的一个载波的载波频率相同;第二小区的有效载波中的一个载波与第三小区的有效载波中的一个载波的频率参考点相同;第二小区的有效载波中的一个载波与第三小区的有效载波中的一个载波的频率位置相同;第一载波和第二载波的载波带宽相同。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定所述第一小区包括:根据所述第三小区的信息确定所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级;根据所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和所述第三区的测量结果确定所述第一小区。
在本申请提供的方案中,第三小区的信息可以包括第三小区中每个小区的ID、每个小区的有效载波信息,不同的有效载波的信息可以对应不同的优先级,即每个小区的不同的有效载波的信息对应不同的优先级,第二网络设备可以根据第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和测量结果再确定第一小区。有效载波的信息与优先级的对应关系可以由协议预定义的,也可以是由第二网络设备确定的。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:向终端设备发送测量配置。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:接收所述终端设备发送的第五小区的测量结果;所述第三小区为所述第五小区中的至少一个小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:接收所述终端设备发送的N个第四小区的指示信息,N为大于等于1的整数,所述N个第四小区由所述终端设备根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;根据所述N个第四小区确定所述第一小区,所述第一小区为所述N个第四小区中的一个;向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID。
在本申请提供的方案中,终端设备根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定N个第四小区之后,将N个第四小区的指示信息上报给第二网络设备,第三小区的有效载波与第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波。第二网络设备可以从N个第四小区中确定一个第一小区,再向终端设备下发第二指示信息,终端设备可以通过第二指示信息包括的第一小区的ID,确定将要切换到的第一小区是哪个小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:向终端设备发送测量配置。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:向所述终端设备发送所述第三小 区的信息,所述第三小区为所述第五小区中的至少一个小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:向所述终端设备发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示第二TA值与所述第一TA值是否相同,所述第二TA值为所述终端设备在第四载波的TA值,所述第四载波为所述终端设备在所述第一小区的不同于所述第一载波的载波。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:向第一网络设备发送请求信息,所述请求信息用于请求所述终端设备接入所述第一网络设备,所述第一网络设备为所述第一小区对应的网络设备。
在本申请提供的方案中,第二网络设备在确定第一小区之后,可以向第一网络设备发送请求信息,请求终端设备接入第一网络设备,第一网络设备为第一小区对应的网络设备。在第一网络设备允许接入的情况下,第二网络设备再向终端设备发送第二指示信息。
第三方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以应用于第一网络设备,也可以应用于第一网络设备中的模块(例如,芯片),下面以应用于第一网络设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:接收第二网络设备发送的请求信息,所述请求信息用于请求所述终端设备接入所述第一网络设备,所述第二网络设备为第二小区对应的网络设备。
在本申请提供的方案中,第二网络设备确定第一小区之后,可以向第一网络设备发送请求信息,请求终端设备接入第一网络设备。在第一网络设备允许接入的情况下,第二网络设备向终端设备下发第二指示信息;在第一网络设备不允许接入的情况下,第二网络设备可以重新确定第一小区。
第四方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以应用于终端设备,也可以应用于终端设备中的模块(例如,芯片),下面以应用于终端设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:接收第二网络设备发送的第三信息,所述第三信息包括第一指示信息和第一小区的ID,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备继续向第四网络设备发送上行传输。
在本申请提供的方案中,终端设备可以通过第三信息包括的第一小区的ID,确定将要切换到的第一小区是哪个小区。还可以通过第三信息包括的第一指示信息确定在第一小区继续向第四网络设备发送上行传输,具体地:
终端设备切换前,在第二小区与第二网络设备通信,第二网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输,终端设备可以向第四网络设备发送上行传输,第四网络设备是指可以接收终端设备在第二小区发送的上行传输的网络设备。第四网络设备再将上行传输的数据发送给第二网络设备,例如,第四网络设备可以通过回程将上行传输的数据发送给第二网络设备。如果第二网络设备就是第四网络设备,也就是说第四网络设备和第二网络设备共站址的话,那么终端设备可以直接向第二网络设备发送上行传输。终端设备切换后,在第一小区与第一网络设备通信,第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输,终端设备可以向第五网络设备发送上行传输,第五网络设备是指可以接收终端设备在第一小区发送的上行传输的网络设备。第五网络设备再将上行传输的数据发送给第一网络设备,例如,第五网络设备可以通过回程将上行传输的数据发送给第一网络设备。如果第一网络设备就是第五网络设备, 也就是说第五网络设备和第一网络设备共站址的话,那么终端设备可以直接向第一网络设备发送上行传输。
继续向第四网络设备发送上行传输,可以理解为,终端设备切换前直到切换后,在第二小区和第一小区,可以向同一个网络设备,即第四网络设备,发送上行传输。具体地:终端设备切换后,在第一小区与第一网络设备通信,第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输,终端设备可以继续向第四网络设备发送上行传输,第四网络设备再将上行传输的数据发送给第一网络设备,例如,第四网络设备可以通过回程将上行传输的数据发送给第一网络设备。如果第一网络设备就是第四网络设备,那么终端设备可以直接向第一网络设备发送上行传输。这样,无需随机接入,就可以实现终端设备在第一小区发送上行传输。因此,本申请提供的方案,能够有效避免终端设备向第一小区进行需要随机接入的切换过程中可能产生的时延和中断问题,可以提高通信的效率。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:根据第一发送定时、所述第一小区的下行链路定时和所述第一小区的TA偏移值,确定第一TA值,所述第一TA值用于继续向所述第四网络设备发送上行传输。
在本申请提供的方案中,第一发送定时可以是终端设备在第二小区发送上行传输的发送定时,所以,第一发送定时也可以称作第一上行定时。这样,用第一发送定时确定第一TA值,无需随机接入,就可以确定第一TA值,从而实现终端设备在第一小区的上行同步,可以提高通信的效率。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:接收第二网络设备发送的第一信息,所述第一信息包括所述第一小区的TA偏移值。
应理解,第四方面的具体内容与第一方面的内容对应,第四方面相应特征以及达到的有益效果可以参考第一方面的描述,为避免重复,此处适当省略详细描述。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息还包括:所述第一小区与第二小区之间的时隙偏移值、所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的系统帧号偏移值和所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的帧边界偏移值中的至少一个。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述根据第一发送定时、所述第一小区的下行链路定时和所述第一小区的TA偏移值,确定第一TA值包括:根据第一发送定时、所述第一小区的下行链路定时以及所述第一信息,确定第一TA值。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一TA值可以满足如下公式:
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000006
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000007
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000008
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000009
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000010
其中,N TA为所述第一TA值,T tt为所述第一发送定时,T为所述第一小区的下行链路定时,N TA-offset为所述第一小区的TA偏移值,T C=1/(Δf max·N f),Δf max=480·10 3Hz且N f=4096,T slot-offset为所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的时隙偏移值,T sfn-offset为所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的系统帧号偏移值,所述T Fb-offset为所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的帧边界偏移值。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:接收所述第二网络设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:接收所述第二网络设备发送的测量配置;根据所述测量配置向所述第二网络设备上报第五小区的测量结果;所述第三小区为所述第五小区中的至少一个小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定N个第四小区,N为大于等于1的整数,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;向第二网络设备发送所述N个第四小区的指示信息;接收所述第二网络设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定N个第四小区包括:根据所述第三小区的信息确定所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级;根据所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和所述第三小区的测量结果确定所述N个第四小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:接收所述第二网络设备发送的测量配置;根据所述测量配置确定第五小区的测量结果。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:接收所述第二网络设备发送的所述第三小区的信息,所述第三小区为所述第五小区中的至少一个小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:在所述第四网络设备是所述第一网络设备的情况下,向所述第一网络设备发送上行传输信息,所述上行传输信息包括第二信息,所述第二信息用于向所述第一网络设备确认切换;或者在所述第四网络设备是所述第二网络设备的情况下,向所述第二网络设备发送上行传输信息,所述上行传输信息包括第二信息,所述第二信息用于向所述第一网络设备确认切换。
在本申请提供的方案中,终端设备切换前直到切换后,在第二小区和第一小区,可以向同一个网络设备,即第四网络设备,发送上行传输。如果第四网络设备是第二网络设备,那么终端设备可以直接向第二网络设备发送上行传输;如果第四网络设备是第一网络设备,那么终端设备可以直接向第一网络设备发送上行传输,上行传输可以包括第二信息,第二 信息用于向所述第一网络设备确认切换,确认切换可以是指终端设备从第二小区切换到第一小区。这样,无需随机接入,就可以实现终端设备在第一小区的上行同步。因此,本申请提供的方案,能够有效避免终端设备向第一小区进行需要随机接入的切换过程中可能产生的时延和中断问题,可以提高通信的效率。
第五方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以应用于第二网络设备,也可以应用于第二网络设备中的模块(例如,芯片),下面以应用于第二网络设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:向终端设备发送第三信息,所述第三信息包括第一指示信息和第一小区的ID,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备继续向第四网络设备发送上行传输。
在本申请提供的方案中,终端设备可以通过第三信息包括的第一小区的ID,确定将要切换到的第一小区是哪个小区。还可以通过第三信息包括的第一指示信息确定在第一小区继续向第四网络设备发送上行传输。这样,无需随机接入,可以使得终端设备实现在第一小区的第一载波的上行同步。因此,本申请提供的方案,能够有效避免终端设备向第一小区进行需要随机接入的切换过程中可能产生的时延和中断问题,可以提高通信的效率。
应理解,第五方面的执行主体为第二网络设备,第五方面的具体内容与第四方面的内容对应,第五方面相应特征以及达到的有益效果可以参考第四方面的描述,为避免重复,此处适当省略详细描述。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:向所述终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息包括所述第一小区的TA偏移值。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息还包括:所述第一小区与第二小区之间的时隙偏移值、所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的系统帧号偏移值和所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的帧边界偏移值中的至少一个。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定所述第一小区,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定所述第一小区包括:根据所述第三小区的信息确定所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级;根据所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和所述第三区的测量结果确定所述第一小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:向终端设备发送测量配置。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:接收所述终端设备发送的第五小区的测量结果;所述第三小区为所述第五小区中的至少一个小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:接收所述终端设备发送的N个第四小区的指示信息,N为大于等于1的整数,所述N个第四小区由所述终端设备根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;根据所述N个第四小区确定所述第一小区,所述第一小区为所述N个第四小区中的一个;向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:向终端设备发送测量配置。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:向所述终端设备发送所述第三小区的信息,所述第三小区为所述第五小区中的至少一个小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:向第一网络设备发送请求信息,所述请求信息用于请求所述终端设备接入所述第一网络设备。
在本申请提供的方案中,第二网络设备在确定第一小区之后,可以向第一网络设备发送请求信息,请求终端设备接入第一网络设备,第一网络设备为第一小区对应的网络设备。在第一网络设备允许接入的情况下,第二网络设备再向终端设备发送第二指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:在所述第四网络设备是所述第二网络设备的情况下,接收所述终端设备发送的上行传输信息,所述上行传输信息包括第二信息,所述第二信息用于向所述第一网络设备确认切换。
在本申请提供的方案中,终端设备切换前直到切换后,在第二小区和第一小区,可以向同一个网络设备,即第四网络设备,发送上行传输。如果第四网络设备是第二网络设备,那么终端设备可以直接向第二网络设备发送上行传输。这样,无需随机接入,就可以实现终端设备在第一小区的上行同步。因此,本申请提供的方案,能够有效避免终端设备向第一小区进行需要随机接入的切换过程中可能产生的时延和中断问题,可以提高通信的效率。
第六方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以应用于第一网络设备,也可以应用于第一网络设备中的模块(例如,芯片),下面以应用于第一网络设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:在第四网络设备是第一网络设备的情况下,接收终端设备发送的上行传输信息,所述上行传输信息包括第二信息,所述第二信息用于向所述第一网络设备确认切换。
在本申请提供的方案中,终端设备切换前直到切换后,在第二小区和第一小区,可以向同一个网络设备,即第四网络设备,发送上行传输。如果第四网络设备是第一网络设备,那么终端设备可以直接向第一网络设备发送上行传输。这样,无需随机接入,就可以实现终端设备在第一小区的上行同步。因此,本申请提供的方案,能够有效避免终端设备向第一小区进行需要随机接入的切换过程中可能产生的时延和中断问题,可以提高通信的效率
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:接收第二网络设备发送的请求信息,所述请求信息用于请求所述终端设备接入所述第一网络设备。
在本申请提供的方案中,第二网络设备确定第一小区之后,可以向第一网络设备发送请求信息,请求终端设备接入第一网络设备。在第一网络设备允许接入的情况下,第二网络设备向终端设备下发第二指示信息。
第七方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以应用于终端设备,也可以应用于终端设备中的模块(例如,芯片),下面以应用于终端设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:根据第三小区的信息和第五小区的测量结果确定N个第四小区,N为大于等于1的整数,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;向第二网络设备发送所述N个第四小区的指示信息,所述第二网络设备为所述第二小区对应的网络设备;接收所述第二网络设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区, 所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID,所述第一小区为所述N个第四小区中的一个。
在本申请提供的方案中,终端设备可以根据测量配置得到第五小区的测量结果,再根据第五小区的测量结果和来自第二网络终端设备的第三小区的信息来确定N个第四小区,将N个第四小区发送至第二网络设备,由第二网络设备从N个第四小区确定一个第一小区。与只根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定N个第四小区相比,虽然第三小区中的每个小区的有效载波与第二小区的有效载波存在相同的载波可以被优先选为第一小区,但是如果每个小区的测量结果都不好,则从第三小区中确定的第一小区也不符合终端设备切换的条件。因此,可以考虑根据第六小区的测量结果来重新确定N个第四小区上报给第二网络设备。第六小区可以为第五小区中除第三小区之外的其他小区,第六小区可以包括有效载波与第二小区的有效载波无交集,但与除第二小区之外的其他小区的有效载波有交集的小区,也可以包括有效载波与第二小区和除第二小区之外的其他小区的有效载波均无交集的小区。即使第六小区的有效载波不存在与第二小区的有效载波相同的载波,但根据第六小区确定的N个第四小区的测量结果好,符合第一小区的条件,即使需要进行随机接入,也保证了终端设备的正常切换。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述根据第三小区的信息和第五小区的测量结果确定N个第四小区包括:在所述第五小区中存在的所述第三小区的情况下,根据所述第三小区的信息确定所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级;根据所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和所述第三小区的测量结果确定所述N个第四小区。
在本申请提供的方案中,终端设备可以根据第二网络设备发送的测量配置确定第五小区的测量结果,还可以接收第二网络设备发送的第三小区的信息,先判断第五小区中是否存在第三小区,如果第五小区中存在第三小区,则可以根据第三小区的信息和第三小区的测量结果确定N个第四小区,具体地:第三小区的信息可以包括第三小区中每个小区的ID、每个小区的有效载波信息,不同的有效载波的信息可以对应不同的优先级,即每个小区的不同的有效载波的信息对应不同的优先级,终端设备根据第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和测量结果再确定N个第四小区。有效载波的信息与优先级的对应关系可以由协议预定义的,也可以是由第二网络设备确定的。
如果根据第三小区的信息和第三小区的测量结果确定的N个第四小区的测量结果都不好,则可以根据第六小区的测量结果重新确定N个第四小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述根据第三小区的信息和第五小区的测量结果确定N个第四小区包括:在所述第五小区中不存在第三小区的情况下,根据所述第五小区的测量结果确定所述N个第四小区。
在本申请提供的方案中,终端设备先判断第五小区中是否存在第三小区,如果第五小区中不存在第三小区,则可以根据第五小区的测量结果确定N个第四小区,以确保终端设备正常切换。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:接收第二网络设备发送的测量配置,所述第二网络设备为所述第二小区对应的网络设备;根据所述测量配置确定所述第五小区的测量结果。
在本申请提供的方案中,第二网络设备可以向终端设备下发测量配置,终端设备根据 测量配置得到第五小区的测量结果之后,不用将第五小区的测量结果上报给第二网络设备,用以终端设备来确定N个第四小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:接收所述第二网络设备发送的所述第三小区的信息。
在本申请提供的方案中,终端设备可以接收第二网络设备发送的第三小区的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:接收第二网络设备发送的测量配置,所述第二网络设备为所述第二小区对应的网络设备;根据所述测量配置向所述第二网络设备上报所述第五小区的测量结果。
在本申请提供的方案中,第二网络设备通过向终端设备下发测量配置,从终端设备得到第五小区的测量结果。第二网络设备得到第五小区的测量结果之后,可以确定第一小区。
第八方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以应用于第二网络设备,也可以应用于第二网络设备中的模块(例如,芯片),下面以应用于第二网络设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:根据第三小区的信息和第五小区的测量结果确定第一小区,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波。
在本申请提供的方案中,第二网络设备可以向终端设备下发测量配置,接收终端设备上报的根据测量配置确定的第五小区的测量结果,再根据第五小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息来确定第一小区。与只根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定第一小区相比,虽然第三小区中的每个小区的有效载波与第二小区的有效载波存在相同的载波可以被优先选为第一小区,但是如果每个小区的测量结果都不好,则从第三小区中确定的第一小区也不符合终端设备切换的条件。因此,可以考虑根据第六小区的测量结果来重新确定第一小区。第六小区可以为第五小区中除第三小区之外的其他小区,第六小区可以包括有效载波与第二小区的有效载波无交集,但与除第二小区之外的其他小区的有效载波有交集的小区,也可以包括有效载波与第二小区和除第二小区之外的其他小区的有效载波均无交集的小区。即使第六小区的有效载波不存在与第二小区的有效载波相同的载波,但根据第六小区确定的第一小区的测量结果好,即使需要进行随机接入,也保证了终端设备的正常切换。
应理解,第八方面的执行主体为第二网络设备,第八方面的具体内容与第七方面的内容对应,第八方面相应特征以及达到的有益效果可以参考第七方面的描述,为避免重复,此处适当省略详细描述。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述根据第三小区的信息和第五小区的测量结果确定第一小区包括:在所述第五小区中存在的所述第三小区的情况下,根据所述第三小区的信息确定所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级;根据所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和所述第三小区的测量结果确定所述第一小区。
在本申请提供的方案中,第二网络设备可以接收终端设备发送的第五小区的测量结果,先判断第五小区中是否存在第三小区,如果第五小区中存在第三小区,则可以根据第三小区的信息和第三小区的测量结果确定第一小区,具体地:第三小区的信息可以包括第三小区中每个小区的ID、每个小区的有效载波信息,不同的有效载波的信息可以对应不同的优 先级,即每个小区的不同的有效载波的信息对应不同的优先级,第二网络设备根据第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和测量结果再确定第一小区。有效载波的信息与优先级的对应关系可以由协议预定义的,也可以是由第二网络设备确定的。
如果根据第三小区的信息和第三小区的测量结果确定的第一小区的测量结果都不好,则可以根据第六小区的测量结果重新确定第一小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述根据第三小区的信息和第五小区的测量结果确定第一小区包括:在所述第五小区中不存在所述第三小区的情况下,根据所述第五小区的测量结果确定所述第一小区。
在本申请提供的方案中,第二网络设备先判断第五小区中是否存在第三小区,如果第五小区中不存在第三小区,则可以根据第五小区的测量结果确定第一小区,以确保终端设备正常切换。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:向所述终端设备发送测量配置;接收所述终端设备发送的所述第五小区的测量结果。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:接收终端设备发送的N个第四小区的指示信息,N为大于等于1的整数,所述N个第四小区由所述终端设备根据第三小区的信息和第五小区的测量结果确定,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;根据所述N个第四小区确定第一小区,所述第一小区为所述N个第四小区中的一个。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:向所述终端设备发送测量配置。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还可以包括:向所述终端设备发送所述第三小区的信息。
第九方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为终端设备,也可以为终端设备中的模块(例如,芯片)。该通信装置可以包括:
处理单元,用于确定在终端设备从第二小区切换到第一小区后,在第一小区中终端设备进行上行传输的载波为第一载波;其中,所述第一载波和第二载波属于同一个频段,所述第二载波为所述终端设备在第二小区的载波。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理单元,还用于根据终端设备在所述第二载波的发送定时、所述第一小区的下行链路定时和所述第一小区的TA偏移值,确定第一TA值,所述第一TA值为所述终端设备在所述第一载波的TA值。
在一种可能的实现方式中,在所述第一小区的有效载波中存在与所述第二载波相同的载波。
在一种可能的实现方式中,在所述终端设备在第二小区的载波为第三载波,且所述第一小区的有效载波中不存在与所述第三载波相同的载波的情况下,所述终端设备在第二小区中切换至所述第二载波。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置还可以包括:
收发单元,用于接收第二网络设备发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述第一小区中进行上行传输的载波为所述第一载波,所述第二网络设备 为所述第二小区对应的网络设备。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于接收第二网络设备发送的第一信息,所述第一信息包括所述第一小区的TA偏移值。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息还包括:所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的时隙偏移值、所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的系统帧号偏移值和所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的帧边界偏移值中的至少一个;
所述处理单元根据所述终端设备在所述第二载波的发送定时、所述第一小区的下行链路定时和所述第一小区的TA偏移值,确定第一TA值包括:根据所述终端设备在所述第二载波的发送定时、所述第一小区的下行链路定时以及所述第一信息,确定第一TA值。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一TA值可以满足如下公式:
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000011
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000012
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000013
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000014
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000015
其中,N TA为所述第一TA值,T tt为所述终端设备在所述第二载波的发送定时,T为所述第一小区的下行链路定时,N TA-offset为所述第一小区的TA偏移值,T C=1/(Δf max·N f),Δf max=480·10 3Hz且N f=4096,T slot-offset为所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的时隙偏移值,T sfn-offset为所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的系统帧号偏移值,所述T Fb-offset为所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的帧边界偏移值。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的测量配置;根据所述测量配置向所述第二网络设备上报第五小区的测量结果;所述第三小区为所述第五小区中的至少一个小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理单元,还用于根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定N个第四小区,N为大于等于1的整数,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;
所述收发单元,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述N个第四小区的指示信息;接收所述第二网络设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID,所述第一小区为所述N个第四小区中的一个。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理单元根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定N个第四小区包括:根据所述第三小区的信息确定所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级;根据所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和所述第三小区的测量结果确定所述N个第四小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的测量配置;
所述处理单元,还用于根据所述测量配置确定第五小区的测量结果。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的所述第三小区的信息,所述第三小区为所述第五小区中的至少一个小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于在所述第一载波发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于向所述第一网络设备确认切换,所述第一网络设备为所述第一小区对应的网络设备。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示第二TA值与所述第一TA值是否相同,所述第二TA值为所述终端设备在第四载波的TA值,所述第四载波为所述终端设备在所述第一小区的不同于所述第一载波的载波。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于在所述第四载波发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于向所述第一网络设备确认切换。
第十方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为第二网络设备,也可以为第二网络设备中的模块(例如,芯片)。该通信装置可以包括:
收发单元,用于向终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述第一小区中进行上行传输的载波为第一载波,其中,所述第一载波和第二载波属于同一个频段,所述第二载波为第二小区的载波。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于向所述终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息包括所述第一小区的TA偏移值。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息还包括:所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的时隙偏移值、所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的系统帧号偏移值和所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的帧边界偏移值中的至少一个。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置还可以包括:
处理单元,用于根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定所述第一小区,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;
所述收发单元,还用于向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理单元根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息 确定所述第一小区包括:根据所述第三小区的信息确定所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级;根据所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和所述第三区的测量结果确定所述第一小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于向终端设备发送测量配置;
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于接收所述终端设备发送的第五小区的测量结果;所述第三小区为所述第五小区中的至少一个小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于接收所述终端设备发送的N个第四小区的指示信息,N为大于等于1的整数,所述N个第四小区由所述终端设备根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;
所述处理单元,还用于根据所述N个第四小区确定所述第一小区,所述第一小区为所述N个第四小区中的一个;
所述收发单元,还用于向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于向终端设备发送测量配置。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于向所述终端设备发送所述第三小区的信息,所述第三小区为所述第五小区中的至少一个小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于向所述终端设备发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示第二TA值与所述第一TA值是否相同,所述第二TA值为所述终端设备在第四载波的TA值,所述第四载波为所述终端设备在所述第一小区的不同于所述第一载波的载波。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于向第一网络设备发送请求信息,所述请求信息用于请求所述终端设备接入所述第一网络设备,所述第一网络设备为所述第一小区对应的网络设备。
第十一方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为第一网络设备,也可以为第一网络设备中的模块(例如,芯片)。该通信装置可以包括:
收发单元,用于接收第二网络设备发送的请求信息,所述请求信息用于请求所述终端设备接入所述第一网络设备,所述第二网络设备为第二小区对应的网络设备。
第十二方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为终端设备,也可以为终端设备中的模块(例如,芯片)。该通信装置可以包括:收发单元,用于接收第二网络设备发送的第三信息,所述第三信息包括第一指示信息和第一小区的ID,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备继续向第四网络设备发送上行传输。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置还可以包括:处理单元,用于根据第一发送定时、所述第一小区的下行链路定时和所述第一小区的TA偏移值,确定第一TA值,所述第一TA值用于继续向所述第四网络设备发送上行传输。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于接收第二网络设备发送的第一信息, 所述第一信息包括所述第一小区的TA偏移值。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息还包括:所述第一小区与第二小区之间的时隙偏移值、所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的系统帧号偏移值和所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的帧边界偏移值中的至少一个。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理单元根据第一发送定时、所述第一小区的下行链路定时和所述第一小区的TA偏移值,确定第一TA值包括:根据第一发送定时、所述第一小区的下行链路定时以及所述第一信息,确定第一TA值。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一TA值可以满足如下公式:
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000016
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000017
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000018
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000019
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000020
其中,N TA为所述第一TA值,T tt为所述第一发送定时,T为所述第一小区的下行链路定时,N TA-offset为所述第一小区的TA偏移值,T C=1/(Δf max·N f),Δf max=480·10 3Hz且N f=4096,T slot-offset为所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的时隙偏移值,T sfn-offset为所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的系统帧号偏移值,所述T Fb-offset为所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的帧边界偏移值。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的测量配置;根据所述测量配置向所述第二网络设备上报第五小区的测量结果;所述第三小区为所述第五小区中的至少一个小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理单元,还用于根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定N个第四小区,N为大于等于1的整数,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;
所述收发单元,还用于向第二网络设备发送所述N个第四小区的指示信息;接收所述第二网络设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二 指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID,所述第一小区为所述N个第四小区中的一个。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理单元根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定N个第四小区包括:根据所述第三小区的信息确定所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级;根据所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和所述第三小区的测量结果确定所述N个第四小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的测量配置;根据所述测量配置确定第五小区的测量结果。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的所述第三小区的信息,所述第三小区为所述第五小区中的至少一个小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于在所述第四网络设备是所述第一网络设备的情况下,向所述第一网络设备发送上行传输信息,所述上行传输信息包括第二信息,所述第二信息用于向所述第一网络设备确认切换;或者在所述第四网络设备是所述第二网络设备的情况下,向所述第二网络设备发送上行传输信息,所述上行传输信息包括第二信息,所述第二信息用于向所述第一网络设备确认切换。
第十三方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为第二网络设备,也可以为第二网络设备中的模块(例如,芯片)。该通信装置可以包括:收发单元,用于向终端设备发送第三信息,所述第三信息包括第一指示信息和第一小区的ID,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备继续向第四网络设备发送上行传输。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于向所述终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息包括所述第一小区的TA偏移值。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息还包括:所述第一小区与第二小区之间的时隙偏移值、所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的系统帧号偏移值和所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的帧边界偏移值中的至少一个。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置还可以包括:处理单元,用于根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定所述第一小区,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;
所述收发单元,还用于向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理单元根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定所述第一小区包括:根据所述第三小区的信息确定所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级;根据所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和所述第三区的测量结果确定所述第一小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于向终端设备发送测量配置。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于接收所述终端设备发送的第五小区的测量结果;所述第三小区为所述第五小区中的至少一个小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于接收所述终端设备发送的N个第四小区的指示信息,N为大于等于1的整数,所述N个第四小区由所述终端设备根据第三小 区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;
所述处理单元,还用于根据所述N个第四小区确定所述第一小区,所述第一小区为所述N个第四小区中的一个;
所述收发单元,还用于向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于向终端设备发送测量配置。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于向所述终端设备发送所述第三小区的信息,所述第三小区为所述第五小区中的至少一个小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于向第一网络设备发送请求信息,所述请求信息用于请求所述终端设备接入所述第一网络设备。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于在所述第四网络设备是所述第二网络设备的情况下,接收所述终端设备发送的上行传输信息,所述上行传输信息包括第二信息,所述第二信息用于向所述第一网络设备确认切换。
第十四方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为第一网络设备,也可以为第一网络设备中的模块(例如,芯片)。该通信装置可以包括:收发单元,用于在第四网络设备是第一网络设备的情况下,接收终端设备发送的上行传输信息,所述上行传输信息包括第二信息,所述第二信息用于向所述第一网络设备确认切换。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于接收第二网络设备发送的请求信息,所述请求信息用于请求所述终端设备接入所述第一网络设备。
第十五方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为终端设备,也可以为终端设备中的模块(例如,芯片)。该通信装置可以包括:处理单元,用于根据第三小区的信息和第五小区的测量结果确定N个第四小区,N为大于等于1的整数,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;
收发单元,用于向第二网络设备发送所述N个第四小区的指示信息,所述第二网络设备为所述第二小区对应的网络设备;
所述收发单元,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID,所述第一小区为所述N个第四小区中的一个。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理单元根据第三小区的信息和第五小区的测量结果确定N个第四小区包括:在所述第五小区中存在的所述第三小区的情况下,根据所述第三小区的信息确定所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级;根据所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和所述第三小区的测量结果确定所述N个第四小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理单元根据第三小区的信息和第五小区的测量结果确定N个第四小区包括:在所述第五小区中不存在第三小区的情况下,根据所述第五小区的测量结果确定所述N个第四小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于接收第二网络设备发送的测量配置, 所述第二网络设备为所述第二小区对应的网络设备;
所述处理单元,还用于根据所述测量配置确定所述第五小区的测量结果。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的所述第三小区的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于接收第二网络设备发送的测量配置,所述第二网络设备为所述第二小区对应的网络设备;根据所述测量配置向所述第二网络设备上报所述第五小区的测量结果。
第十六方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为第二络设备,也可以为第二网络设备中的模块(例如,芯片)。该通信装置可以包括:
处理单元,用于根据第三小区的信息和第五小区的测量结果确定第一小区,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理单元根据第三小区的信息和第五小区的测量结果确定第一小区包括:在所述第五小区中存在的所述第三小区的情况下,根据所述第三小区的信息确定所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级;根据所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和所述第三小区的测量结果确定所述第一小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理单元根据第三小区的信息和第五小区的测量结果确定第一小区包括:在所述第五小区中不存在所述第三小区的情况下,根据所述第五小区的测量结果确定所述第一小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置还包括:
收发单元,用于向所述终端设备发送测量配置;接收所述终端设备发送的所述第五小区的测量结果。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于接收终端设备发送的N个第四小区的指示信息,N为大于等于1的整数,所述N个第四小区由所述终端设备根据第三小区的信息和第五小区的测量结果确定,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;
所述处理单元,还用于根据所述N个第四小区确定第一小区,所述第一小区为所述N个第四小区中的一个。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于向所述终端设备发送测量配置。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元,还用于向所述终端设备发送所述第三小区的信息。
第十七方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为终端设备,也可以为终端设备中的模块(例如,芯片)。该通信装置可以包括处理器,用于执行计算机程序,当所述计算机程序被执行时,使得该通信装置执行
第一方面或第一方面的任一实施方式提供的通信方法;或者
第四方面或第四方面的任一实施方式提供的通信方法;或者
第七方面或第七方面的任一实施方式提供的通信方法。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置还可以包括存储器,用于存储所述计算机程序。
第十八方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为第二网络设备,也可以为第二网络设备中的模块(例如,芯片)。该通信装置可以包括处理器,用于执行计算机程序,当所述计算机程序被执行时,使得该通信装置执行
第二方面或第二方面的任一实施方式提供的通信方法;或者
第五方面或第五方面的任一实施方式提供的通信方法;或者
第八方面或第八方面的任一实施方式提供的通信方法。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置还可以包括存储器,用于存储所述计算机程序。
第十九方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为第一网络设备,也可以为第一网络设备中的模块(例如,芯片)。该通信装置可以包括处理器,用于执行计算机程序,当所述计算机程序被执行时,使得该通信装置执行
第三方面或第三方面的任一实施方式提供的通信方法;或者
第六方面或第六方面的任一实施方式提供的通信方法。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置还可以包括存储器,用于存储所述计算机程序。
第二十方面,提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括第九方面的通信装置、第十方面的通信装置、第十一方面的通信装置、第十二方面的通信装置、第十三方面的通信装置、第十四方面的通信装置、第十五方面的通信装置和第十六方面的通信装置。
第二十一方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序或计算机指令,当该计算机程序或计算机指令运行时,使得上述第一方面及其任一种可能的实现、第二方面及其任一种可能的实现、第三方面及其任一种可能的实现、第四方面及其任一种可能的实现、第五方面及其任一种可能的实现、第六方面及其任一种可能的实现、第七方面及其任一种可能的实现和第八方面及其任一种可能的实现中所述的通信方法的部分或全部步骤被执行。
第二十二方面,还提供了一种包括可执行指令的计算机程序产品,当所述计算机程序产品在用户设备上运行时,使得上述第一方面及其任一种可能的实现、第二方面及其任一种可能的实现、第三方面及其任一种可能的实现、第四方面及其任一种可能的实现、第五方面及其任一种可能的实现、第六方面及其任一种可能的实现、第七方面及其任一种可能的实现和第八方面及其任一种可能的实现中所述的通信方法的部分或全部步骤被执行。
第二十三方面,提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,还可以包括存储器,用于实现上述第一方面及其任一种可能的实现、第二方面及其任一种可能的实现、第三方面及其任一种可能的实现、第四方面及其任一种可能的实现、第五方面及其任一种可能的实现、第六方面及其任一种可能的实现、第七方面及其任一种可能的实现和第八方面及其任一种可能的实现中所述的通信方法。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。
附图说明
图1是本申请实施例提供的一种上行链路载波覆盖的示意图;
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种数据的上下行时序的关系示意图;
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种网络架构示意图;
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图;
图5是本申请实施例提供的另一种数据的上下行时序的关系示意图;
图6是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的流程示意图;
图7是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;
图8是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法流程示意图;
图9是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法流程示意图;
图10是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法流程示意图;
图11是本申请实施例提供的一种切换的场景示意图;
图12是本申请实施例提供的另一种切换的场景示意图;
图13是本申请实施例提供的又一种切换的场景示意图;
图14是本申请实施例提供的又一种切换的场景示意图;
图15是本申请实施例提供的又一种切换的场景示意图;
图16是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;
图17是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图;
图18是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图;
图19是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图;
图20是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图;
图21是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图;
图22是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图;
图23是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图;
图24是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图;
图25是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图;
图26是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图;
图27是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图;
图28是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图;
图29是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图;
图30是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图;
图31是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
为了便于理解本申请,首先在此介绍本申请实施例涉及的相关技术知识。
1、辅助上行
一个小区(cell)一般包含上行载波(uplink carrier)(该上行载波可以称为NUL载波)和下行(downlink,DL)载波(downlink carrier),上行载波和DL载波在同一个频段(frequency band)内。但是在5G时代,所用的频段、频点都比较高,比如毫米波等。频段越高,信号传输损耗越大。由于终端设备的发射功率是受限的,这就会导致终端设备的上行覆盖受限制。因此,第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)NR协议在上行载波中引入了SUL载波,NR支持在一个小区中除了可以配置一个NUL载波外,还可以配置一个SUL载波,终端设备可以通过小区的NUL载波和/或SUL载波进行上行传输。服务 小区的系统信息块(system information block,SIB)中可以包含小区是否被配置了SUL载波。
SUL载波一般处于低频段,如长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)频段,可以用于保证终端设备的上行覆盖。若SUL载波频率低于NUL载波频率,由于传播损耗等原因,SUL载波的覆盖范围会大于NUL载波的覆盖范围,这样使用SUL载波就可以提升小区的上行覆盖范围;由于频点、器件和时隙比等原因导致的NUL载波的覆盖小于NUL对应的DL载波的覆盖,使用SUL载波也可以使得小区上行载波的覆盖范围与NUL对应的DL载波的覆盖范围对齐。当SUL载波频率与NUL载波频率差距更大时,SUL覆盖范围就会大于NUL对应的DL载波的覆盖范围。
请参阅图1,图1是本申请实施例提供的一种上行链路载波覆盖的示意图。如图1所示,站点1的小区有NUL载波和NUL载波对应的DL载波;站点2的小区有NUL载波、NUL载波对应的DL载波和SUL载波。若站点2中的SUL载波频点相对于NUL载波频点较低时,SUL载波的上行覆盖范围就可能大于与其共站址的NUL载波对应的DL载波的覆盖范围。这样多个小区就可以被同一个SUL载波所覆盖,例如,站点1中的小区也同时被站点2中的SUL载波所覆盖。
2、TA
TA的存在是为了确保同一小区中不同距离的终端设备发送的上行数据达到网络设备的时间都落在循环前缀之内。N TA-offset上行发送时刻相对于下行接收时刻的偏移量,用于确保时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)模式中的终端设备有足够的时间完成同频点的上行发送到下行接收的切换。N TA-offset数值可以由RRC配置,如果没有高层信令通知,则可以采用协议预定义的数值。
NUL载波和SUL载波可以属于同一个定时提前量组(timing advance group,TAG),一个TAG里面的两个上行载波使用同样的定时参考小区和同样的TA值。NUL载波和SUL载波的TA偏移值N TA-offset也是相同的。
请参阅图2,图2是本申请实施例提供的一种上行数据传输的结构示意图。如图2所示,终端设备发送第i个上行帧,应该在终端设备对应的下行帧的起始位置之前T TA=(N TA+N TA-offset)T C开始。T C=1/(Δf max·N f),Δf max=480·10 3Hz且N f=4096。换句话说,T TA=(N TA+N TA-offset)T C也可以理解为终端设备发送定时和下行链路定时之间的差距,其中,下行链路定时被定义为从参考小区接收到对应的下行链路帧的第一检测路径(时间上)的时间。对主定时提前量组(primary timing advance group,PTAG)中的服务小区,终端设备应使用特殊小区(special cell,SpCell)作为参考小区,以得出PTAG中小区的终端设备发送定时。对辅定时提前量组(secondary timing advance group,STAG)中的服务小区, 终端设备可以使用任意一个激活的SpCell作为参考小区,以得出STAG中小区的终端设备发送定时。而终端设备发送定时也可以理解为图2中的终端设备上行帧传输起始时刻。
NR中,终端设备在进行切换时,需要在第一小区的NUL载波或SUL载波上进行随机接入(random access),以获取终端设备在第一小区上行载波的TA值,进而根据TA值来完成终端设备在第一小区的上行同步。然而,终端设备向目标小区进行需要随机接入的切换过程中可能产生时延和中断的问题,以致降低了通信的效率。
鉴于上述问题,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,能够提高通信的效率。
本申请实施例中,在当前小区的信号质量变差的情况下,终端设备可以进行切换,与现有技术,即终端设备在切换过程中需要随机接入,以确定终端设备切换到第一小区后在第一载波的TA值相比,本申请实施例终端设备在从第二小区切换到第一小区后,在第一小区中终端设备进行上行传输的载波为第一载波,第一载波可以是终端设备在第一小区的载波,第二载波可以是终端设备在第二小区的载波,再确定终端设备在第一载波的TA值。例如,终端设备在第二小区的载波是SUL载波,则切换到第一小区后,在第一小区中可以继续在该SUL载波发送上行传输,即终端设备切换前直到切换后,在第二小区和第一小区,可以在同一个载波,即该SUL载波,发送上行传输,再确定终端设备在第一小区的该SUL载波的TA值。这样,无需随机接入,可以实现终端设备在第一小区的该SUL载波的上行同步。因此,本申请提供的方案,能够有效避免终端设备向第一小区进行需要随机接入的切换过程中可能产生的时延和中断问题,可以提高通信的效率。
为了更好地理解本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法、装置及计算机可读存储介质,下面先对本申请实施例使用的网络架构进行描述。请参阅图3,图3是本申请实施例提供的一种网络架构示意图。如图3所示,该网络架构可以包括至少两个小区,例如,属于第一网络设备的第一小区和属于第二网络设备的第二小区,该网络架构还可以包括至少一个终端设备,终端设备从第二小区移动至第一小区时,可能会发生切换,即由第二小区切换到第一小区。
本申请实施例中所提及到的切换,可以是小区切换。第一小区可以是目标小区(target cell),第二小区可以是源(原)小区(source cell)。第一网络设备可以是目标网络设备,第二网络设备可以是源(原)网络设备,也就是说,第一网络设备是第一小区对应的网络设备,第二网络设备是第二小区对应的网络设备。
应理解,第一小区可以为第二小区的一个邻小区,换句话说,本申请中,第一小区为第二小区的至少一个邻小区中的一个小区,第二小区的邻小区也可以作为候选小区,上述第一小区可以为候选小区中的一个小区,本申请实施例对此不作限定。
应理解,本申请实施例中“第一”、“第二”、“第三”、“第四”等仅仅是为了区分,第一、第二、第三、第四并不作为对本申请实施例的限定。
应理解,本申请实施例中,一个网络设备可以对应一个或多个小区。第二小区和第一小区可以属于同一个网络设备,也就是说第一网络设备和第二网络设备可以为同一个网络设备。这种情况下,终端设备进行网络设备内的切换。可选地,第二小区和第一小区可以属于不同的网络设备,也就是说第一网络设备和第二网络设备可以为不同的网络设备。这 种情况下,终端设备进行网络设备间的切换。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通信系统(global system for mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码多分址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、LTE系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)系统、通用移动通信(universal mobile telecommunications system,UMTS)系统、增强型数据速率GSM演进(enhanced data rate for GSM evolution,EDGE)系统、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)系统。本申请实施例的技术方案还可以应用于其他通信系统,例如公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)系统,第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或5G之后的通信系统或新无线(new radio,NR)等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。
本申请实施例中的终端设备也可以称为用户终端。用户终端可以为包含无线收发功能、且可以与网络设备配合为用户提供通讯服务的设备。具体地,用户终端可以指UE、用户、卫星电话、卫星终端、用户单元(subscriber unit)、蜂窝电话(cellular phone)、智能手机(smart phone)、智能手表(smart watch)、无线数据卡、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)电脑、平板型电脑、无线调制解调器(modem)、手持设备(handset)、膝上型电脑(laptop computer)、机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)终端等。例如,终端设备可以是车载设备或可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、5G网络或者未来通信网络中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备进行通信的设备,例如,可以是全球移动通信(global system for mobile communications,GSM)系统或码分多址(code division multiple access)中的基站(base transceiver station,BTS),也可以是宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统中的基站(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolutional Node B,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络或5G之后的网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等,例如,NR系统中传输点(TRP或TP)、NR系统中的基站(gNB)、5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。
可选的,本申请实施例中的基站可以包括各种形式的基站,例如:宏基站、微基站(也称为小站)、中继站、接入点、下一代基站(gNodeB,gNB)、传输点(transmitting and receiving point,TRP)、发射点(transmitting point,TP)、移动交换中心以及设备到设备(Device-to-Device,D2D)、车辆外联(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)、机器到机器 (machine-to-machine,M2M)通信中承担基站功能的设备等,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备,或者是终端设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。
另外,本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如,计算机可读介质可以包括但不限于:磁存储器件(例如,硬盘、软盘或磁带等),光盘(例如,压缩盘(compact disc,CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)等),智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasableprogrammableread-only memory,EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外,本申请描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于,无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图4,图4是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图。其中,本申请中由终端设备执行的功能也可以由终端设备中的模块(例如,芯片)来执行,本申请中由第一网络设备执行的功能也可以由第一网络设备中的模块(例如,芯片)来执行,本申请中由第二网络设备执行的功能也可以由第二网络设备中的模块(例如,芯片)来执行。如图4所示,该通信方法可以包括以下步骤。
401、第二网络设备向终端设备发送测量配置。
相应地,终端设备可以接收第二网络设备发送的测量配置。
第二网络设备可以根据测量配置来配置终端设备的测量过程和终端设备的报告,可以通过RRC消息将测量配置消息发送给终端设备,测量配置消息可以包括终端设备需要测量的对象、小区列表、报告方式、测量标识和事件参数,还可以包括测量信号等,例如,测量信号可以是SSB信号,也可以是参考信号。在测量条件改变时,第二网络设备可以向终端设备发送新的测量条件。其中,第二网络设备可以是第二小区对应的网络设备。
应理解,某一网络设备为某一小区对应的网络设备,可以理解为,某一个网络设备为某一小区所属的网络设备,也可以理解为,某一网络设备服务于某一小区,还可以理解为,某一网络设备的某一小区。例如,可以从网络设备获取小区的信息,该信息可以是调度信息,这些调度信息可以用于终端设备向网络设备进行上行传输或者网络设备向终端设备进行下行传输。
402、终端设备向第二网络设备发送第五小区的测量结果。
相应地,第二网络设备可以接收终端设备发送的第五小区的测量结果。
终端设备接收第二网络设备发送的测量配置之后,可以对第二小区进行测量,还可以根据RRC消息来判断是否需要执行对第二小区的相邻小区的测量,从而得到第五小区的测量结果。其中,第五小区包括测量配置对应的小区,可以包括第二小区,也可以包括第二 小区的相邻小区。第五小区的测量结果可以包括第二小区的测量结果,也可以包括相邻小区的测量结果。
终端设备根据测量配置确定第五小区的测量结果之后,可以向第二网络设备发送该第五小区的测量结果。终端设备向第二网络设备发送第五小区的测量结果可以是周期性的,也可以是事件触发性的,例如,当满足测量报告条件时,终端设备向第二网络设备上报第五小区的测量结果。测量结果可以包括参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power,RSRP)、参考信号接收质量(reference signal received quality,RSRQ)和信号干扰噪声比(signal-to-noise and interference ratio,SINR)。
403、第二网络设备根据第三小区的信息和第三小区的测量结果确定第一小区。
第二网络设备接收终端设备发送的第五小区的测量结果之后,可以根据第五小区的测量结果决定移交终端设备,即终端设备是否需要切换,在终端设备需要切换的情况下,可以根据第三小区的信息和第三小区的测量结果确定第一小区,第三小区可以是第五小区中的至少一个小区,第三小区的有效载波与第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波。
第三小区的信息是第二终端设备已知的,由于第三小区是第五小区中的至少一个小区,所以第三小区的测量结果是可以从终端设备上报的第五小区的测量结果中得到,所以第二网络设备可以根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定第一小区。
第三小区的有效载波与第二小区的有效载波存在相同的载波,可以理解为,第二小区的有效载波中的一个载波存在于第三小区的有效载波中,也可以理解为,第二小区的有效载波中的一个载波与第三小区的有效载波中的一个载波是相同的载波。第三小区的有效载波与第二小区的有效载波相同的载波可以有至少一个。
第二小区的有效载波中的一个载波与第三小区的有效载波中的一个载波是相同的载波,可以理解为,终端设备在第二小区的有效载波中的一个载波与第三小区的有效载波中的一个载波发送的上行传输由同一个网络设备接收,且满足以下至少一个条件:第二小区的有效载波中的一个载波与第三小区的有效载波中的一个载波的载波频率相同;第二小区的有效载波中的一个载波与第三小区的有效载波中的一个载波的频率参考点相同;第二小区的有效载波中的一个载波与第三小区的有效载波中的一个载波的频率位置相同;第一载波和第二载波的载波带宽相同。
第三小区的信息可以包括第三小区中每个小区的ID、每个小区的有效载波信息。具体地,在一个实施例中,第三小区的信息可以如表1所示。
表1
载波 小区
载波1(频率) 小区1、小区2…小区5
载波2(频率) 小区1、小区6…小区10
载波n(频率) 小区11、…小区m、小区n
如表1所示,第三小区的信息可以包括每个小区的ID,例如,小区1、小区2、…、小区m、小区n,n、m为大于等于1的整数。第三小区的信息也可以包括每个载波被配置到了哪些小区中的信息,例如,载波1被配置在小区1、小区2、…、小区5中;载波2被 配置在小区1、小区6、…、小区10中;…;载波n被配置在小区11、…、小区m、小区n中;还可以包括每一个载波的频率信息,例如,载波1的频率是多少,载波2的频率是多少,…,载波n的频率是多少。表1中的小区ID和个数、载波ID和个数,只是为了举例说明,本申请并不作限制。
载波与载波所在的小区可以是共站址的,也可以是异站址的。例如,载波1与小区1、小区2、…、小区5可以是共站址的,也可以是异站址的;载波2与小区1、小区6、…、小区10可以是共站址的,也可以是异站址的;载波n与小区11、…、小区m、小区n可以是共站址的,也可以是异站址的。
载波1、载波2、…、载波n中包括第二载波,也包括第二小区的有效载波中除第二载波之外的其他载波。
在一个实施例中,第三小区的信息可以如表2所示。
表2
小区 载波
小区1 载波1(频率)、载波2(频率)…载波5(频率)
小区2 载波1(频率)、载波6(频率)…载波10(频率)
小区n 载波11(频率)、…载波m(频率)、载波n(频率)
如表2所示,第三小区的信息可以包括每个小区的ID,例如,小区1、小区2、…、小区n,n为大于等于1的整数;也可以包括每个小区的载波,例如,小区1有载波1、载波2、…、载波5;小区2有载波1、载波6、…、载波10;…;小区n有载波11、…、载波m、载波n,m为大于等于1的整数;还可以包括每一个载波的频率信息,例如,载波1的频率是多少,载波2的频率是多少,…,载波n的频率是多少。表2中的小区ID和个数、载波ID和个数,只是为了举例说明,本申请并不作限制。
小区与小区的载波可以是共站址的,也可以是异站址的。例如,小区1与载波1、载波2、…、载波5可以是共站址的,也可以是异站址的;小区2与载波1、载波6、…、载波10可以是共站址的,也可以是异站址的;小区n与载波11、…、载波m、载波n可以是共站址的,也可以是异站址的。
载波1、载波2、…、载波n中包括第二载波,也包括第二小区的有效载波中除第二载波之外的其他载波。
有效载波,可以理解为,覆盖小区的载波,或者覆盖小区且可被配置的载波,或者小区中可被配置的载波,或者属于小区的载波,或者被配置给终端设备使用的载波,或者小区被配置的载波,或者被至少一个小区共享使用(配置)的载波,或者是终端设备从小区的系统消息可获取到配置信息的载波,或者是终端设备从小区的专有信令可获取到配置信息的载波,有效载波可以为一个或多个,本申请对此不作限定。终端设备在小区被调度的数据或控制信息可以在有效载波发送。
第二网络设备根据第三小区的信息和第三小区的测量结果确定第一小区,具体地:
第二网络设备可以先根据第三小区的信息确定第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级,再根据第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和第三小区的测量结果确定第一小区:
优先级可以从每个小区对应的优先级数值体现,优先级数值可以根据至少一个数值确定。
在一个实施例中,优先级数值可以有第一数值、第二数值、第三数值和第四数值,其中:
若小区的有效载波中存在与第二载波共站址的载波,则可以对该小区赋值第一数值,第二载波可以是第二小区的载波;
若小区的有效载波中存在与第二载波异站址的载波,则可以对该小区赋值第二数值;
若小区的有效载波中存在与第二小区的有效载波中除第二载波之外的其他载波共站址的载波,则可以对该小区赋值第三数值;
若小区的有效载波中存在与第二小区的有效载波中除第二载波之外的其他载波异站址的载波,则可以对该小区赋值第四数值。
应理解,共站址可以表征的是载波与载波之间的共站址,也可以表征的是小区与小区之间的共站址,还可以表征的是网络设备与网络设备之间的共站址,还可以表征小区与载波之间的共站址,还可以表征载波与网络设备之间的共站址,还可以表征小区与网络设备之间的共站址。例如,如果某个上行载波对应的网络设备跟小区的下行载波对应的网络设备是在相同的站址的,则可以表示这个上行载波与这个小区是共站址的,如果某个上行载波对应的网络设备跟小区的下行载波对应的网络设备是在不同的站址的,则可以表示这个上行载波与这个小区是异站址的。上行载波对应的网络设备,可以理解为,可以接收终端设备在这个载波发送的上行传输的网络设备。下行载波对应的网络设备,可以理解为,终端设备在这个载波可以接收网络设备的下行传输。
例如,两个上行载波共站址,可以表征的是在这两个载波接收数据的小区或者网络设备是在相同的站址的,或者是同一个小区或者同一个网络设备。又例如,两个载波共站址,可以表征的是在这两个载波与终端设备进行通信的小区或者网络设备是在相同的站址的,或者是同一个小区或者同一个网络设备。
应理解,异站址可以表征的是载波与载波之间的异站址,也可以表征的是小区与小区之间的异站址,还可以表征的是网络设备与网络设备之间的异站址,还可以表征小区与载波之间的异站址,还可以表征载波与网络设备之间的异站址,还可以表征小区与网络设备之间的异站址。例如,两个上行载波异站址,可以表征的是在这两个载波接收数据的小区或者网络设备是在不同的站址的。又例如,两个载波异站址,可以表征的是在这两个载波与终端设备进行通信的小区或者网络设备是在不同的站址的。
其中,第一数值、第二数值、第三数值和第四数值可以是不同的数值,优先选择有效载波中存在与第二载波共站址的载波的小区。例如,第一数值可以大于第二数值,第二数值可以大于第三数值,第三数值可以大于第四数值;或者第一数值可以大于第三数值,第三数值可以大于第二数值,第二数值可以大于第四数值。相对应地,优先级数值越大,小区的优先级越高。
在一个实施例中,可以选择数值最高的作为该小区的优先级,每个小区可以被赋值一次,例如,小区同时满足被赋值第一数值和第三数值的情况下,则可以根据第一数值大于第三数值对小区赋值第一数值。
在一个实施例中,可以将第一数值、第二数值、第三数值和第四数值中的至少一个数值的和作为该小区的优先级数值;或者将第一数值、第二数值、第三数值和第四数值中的至少一个数值的加权和作为该小区的优先级数值。例如,小区同时满足被赋值第一数值和第三数值的情况下,则可以将第一数值和第三数值的和作为该小区的优先级数值,也可以将第一数值和第三数值的加权和作为该小区的优先级数值。
第二网络设备根据第三小区的信息确定第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级之后,可以根据第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和第三小区的测量结果确定第一小区,具体地:
将第三小区的测量结果数值化,根据第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级数值和测量结果数值确定每个小区的总数值,第二网络设备可以根据每个小区的总数值确定第一小区,例如,第一小区可以是总数值最高的小区。
在一个实施例中,在小区的优先级相同的情况下,可以根据小区的测量结果优先选择测量结果好的小区作为第一小区;在小区的测量结果相同的情况下,可以根据小区的优先级优先选择优先级高的小区作为第一小区。
应理解,第一数值、第二数值、第三数值和第四数值可以是第二网络设备提前设置好的,也可以是在协议中预定义的,还可以是在获取到第三小区的信息时,实时设置的,本申请对此不作限定。
404、第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送用于请求终端设备接入第一网络设备的请求信息。
相应地,第一网络设备可以接收第二网络设备发送的用于请求终端设备接入第一网络设备的请求信息。
第二网络设备确定第一小区之后,可以通过透明的RRC容器向第一网络设备发出请求信息,所述请求信息可以用于请求终端设备接入第一网络设备。第一网络设备可以是第一小区对应的网络设备。
RRC容器可以携带有在 目标侧准备切换所需的信息,这些信息可以包括第一小区ID、第二网络设备中终端设备的小区无线网络临时标识(cell-radio network temporary identifier,C-RNTI)、包括终端设备非激活时间的RRM配置、来自第二网络设备的系统信息块一(system information block 1,SIB1)、针对不同无线接入技术(radio access technology,RAT)的终端设备能力,这些信息还可以包括终端设备报告的测量信息(包括波束相关信息,如果可用)。
相应地,第一网络设备在接收第二网络设备发送的用于请求终端设备接入第一网络设备的请求信息之后,可以确定是否允许所述终端设备接入。
在允许所述终端设备接入的情况下,第一网络设备可以向第二网络设备发送用于允许所述终端设备接入第一网络设备的允许信息,还可以向第二网络设备发送要作为RRC消息发送给终端设备的透明容器,以使终端设备执行切换。
在不允许所述终端设备接入的情况下,第二网络设备可以按照步骤403重新确定第一小区,再向第三网络设备发送用于请求终端设备接入第三网络设备请求信息,第三网络设备可以是第二网络设备重新确定的第一小区对应的网络设备。
相应地,第三网络设备可以接收第二网络设备发送的用于请求终端设备接入第三网络 设备的请求信息,确定是否允许所述终端设备接入。
在允许所述终端设备接入的情况下,第三网络设备向第二网络设备发送用于允许所述终端设备接入所述第三网络设备的允许信息。
405、第二网络设备向终端设备发送用于指示第一小区的信息的第二指示信息。
相应地,终端设备可以接收第二网络设备发送的用于指示第一小区的信息的第二指示信息。
第二网络设备接收第一小区对应的网络设备发送的用于允许终端设备接入的允许信息之后,可以向终端设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一小区的信息,还可以通过向终端设备发送消息来触发终端设备进行切换,该消息可以包括访问第一小区所需的信息:第一小区ID和所选安全算法的第一网络设备安全算法标识符等,该消息可以携带于RRC消息或物理下行共享信道(physical dounlink control channel,PDCCH)消息中。终端设备接收第二网络设备下发的第二指示信息,终端设备可以通过第二指示信息包括的第一小区的ID,确定将要切换到的第一小区是哪个小区,使得终端设备可以不需要读取系统信息就可以接入第一小区,可以提高通信的效率。
406、确定在终端设备从第二小区切换到第一小区后,在第一小区中终端设备进行上行传输的载波为第一载波。
终端设备接收第二网络设备发送的第二指示信息之后,可以确定终端设备从第二小区切换到第一小区后,在第一小区中终端设备进行上行传输的载波为第一载波。终端设备切换前直到切换后,在第二小区和第一小区,可以在与第二载波同一个频段的第一载波上,进行上行传输;也可以理解为,终端设备切换前直到切换后,在第二小区和第一小区,可以在与第二载波同频率位置的第一载波上,进行上行传输;还可以理解为,终端设备切换前直到切换后,在第二小区和第一小区,可以在同一个载波上,即第二载波,继续进行上行传输。
第一载波为第一小区的载波,第二载波为第二小区的载波,可以理解为,第一载波为第一小区对应的载波,第二载波为第二小区对应的载波;也可以理解为,第一载波为被第一小区配置的载波,第二载波为被第二小区配置的载波。
第一载波和第二载波可以属于同一个频段,且终端设备在第一载波和第二载波发送的上行传输由同一个网络设备接收。在一种可能的方式中,第一载波和第二载波是同一载波。
第一载波和第二载波是同一个载波,可以理解为,终端设备在第一载波和第二载波发送的上行传输由同一个网络设备接收,且满足以下至少一个条件:第一载波和第二载波的载波频率相同;第一载波和第二载波的频率参考点相同;第一载波和第二载波的频率位置相同;第一载波和第二载波的载波带宽相同。
在终端设备从第二小区切换到第一小区后,在第一小区中终端设备进行上行传输的载波为第一载波,可以理解为,终端设备切换后,在第一小区与第一网络设备通信,第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输,终端设备可以在第一载波向第四网络设备发送上行传输,第四网络设备再将上行传输的数据发送给第一网络设备,例如,第四网络设备可以通过回程将上行传输的数据发送给第一网络设备。如果第一网络设备就是第四网络设备,那么终端设备可以直接在第一载波向第一网络设备发送上行传输,第一载波和第二载波属 于同一个频段,且终端设备在第一载波和第二载波发送的上行传输由同一个网络设备接收。第二载波为终端设备在第二小区的载波。
在终端设备从第二小区切换到第一小区后,在第一小区中终端设备进行上行传输的载波为第一载波,也可以理解为,终端设备切换前直到切换后,在第二小区和第一小区,可以在与第二载波同一个频段的第一载波上,向第四网络设备发送上行传输;还可以理解为,终端设备切换前直到切换后,在第二小区和第一小区,可以在与第二载波同频率位置的第一载波上,向第四网络设备发送上行传输;还可以理解为,终端设备切换前直到切换后,在第二小区和第一小区,可以在同一个载波上,即第二载波,继续向第四网络设备发送上行传输。例如,终端设备在第一小区的辅助上行(supplementary uplink,SUL)载波和在第二小区的SUL载波属于同一个频段,终端设备分别在两个小区中,在SUL载波向第四网络设备发送上行传输,第四网络设备是指可以接收终端设备在该SUL载波发送的上行传输的网络设备。又例如,终端设备在第一小区的SUL载波和在第二小区的NUL载波属于同一个频段,终端设备分别在两个小区中,在NUL(或SUL)载波向第四网络设备发送上行传输,第四网络设备是指可以接收终端设备在NUL(或SUL)载波发送的上行传输的网络设备。又例如,终端设备在第一小区的NUL载波和在第二小区的SUL载波属于同一个频段,终端设备分别在两个小区中,在SUL(或NUL)载波向第四网络设备发送上行传输,第四网络设备是指可以接收终端设备在SUL(或NUL)载波发送的上行传输的网络设备。因此,本申请提供的方案,能够有效避免终端设备向第一小区进行需要随机接入的切换过程中可能产生的时延和中断问题,可以提高通信的效率。
在第一种可行的实现方式中,在第一小区的有效载波中存在与第二载波相同的载波。如果第一小区的有效载波中存在与第二载波相同的载波,可以保证终端设备从第二小区切换到第一小区后,在第一载波进行上行传输;在一个实施例中,如果在第一小区的有效载波中存在与第二载波同一频段的载波,且终端设备在第一小区的有效载波和第二载波发送的上行传输由相同的网络设备接收,也可以保证终端设备从第二小区切换到第一小区后,在第一载波进行上行传输。这样,无需随机接入,就可以实现切换,可以提高通信的效率。如果第一小区的有效载波中不存在与第二载波相同的载波,那么终端设备切换过程中还要进行随机接入,可能产生时延和中断的问题。
第一小区的有效载波中存在与第二载波相同的载波,可以理解为,第二载波存在于第一小区的有效载波中,也可以理解为,第一小区的有效载波中的一个载波与第二载波是相同的载波。第一小区的有效载波中存在至少一个与第二载波相同的载波。
第一小区的有效载波中的一个载波与第二载波是相同的载波,可以理解为,终端设备在第一小区的有效载波中的一个载波与第二载波发送的上行传输由同一个网络设备接收,且满足以下至少一个条件:第一小区的有效载波中的一个载波与第二载波的载波频率相同;第一小区的有效载波中的一个载波与第二载波的频率参考点相同;第一小区的有效载波中的一个载波与第二载波的频率位置相同;第一载波和第二载波的载波带宽相同。
在另一种可行的实现方式中,终端设备在第二小区的载波是第三载波,且第一小区的有效载波中不存在与第三载波相同的载波的情况下,终端设备可以在第二小区中先切换至第二载波,第二载波是与第一小区有效载波中相同的一个载波。这样,可以保证第一小区 的有效载波中存在与第二载波相同的载波,可以保证终端设备在切换后,在第一载波进行上行传输。这样,无需随机接入,就可以实现切换,可以提高通信的效率。
在一个实施例中,终端设备在第二小区的载波是第三载波,且第一小区的有效载波中不存在与第三载波同一频段,且终端设备在第一小区的有效载波和第三载波发送上行传输不由一个网络设备接收的载波的情况下,终端设备可以在第二小区中先切换至第二载波,第二载波是与第一小区的有效载波同一频段的一个载波,且终端设备在第二载波和第一小区的有效载波发送的上行传输由同一个网络设备接收。
在又一种可行的实现方式中,第二网络设备可以向终端设备发送用于指示终端设备在所述第一小区中进行上行传输的载波为所述第一载波的第一指示信息。终端设备接收第二网络设备发送的第一指示信息之后,可以根据第一指示信息确定终端设备在所述第一小区中进行上行传输的载波为所述第一载波。确定终端设备在所述第一小区中进行上行传输的载波为所述第一载波的信息可以是由第二网络设备下发给终端设备的,不需要终端设备来确定。因此,可以减少终端设备的资源消耗。
在一个实施例中,第二网络设备可以向终端设备发送第四指示信息,第四指示信息可以用于指示终端设备在切换过程中是否跳过随机接入,在第四指示信息指示终端设备在切换过程中跳过随机接入时,终端设备可以根据第一指示信息或终端设备在第二小区的载波信息确定第一载波。例如,若终端设备在第二小区只有一个SUL载波,而该SUL载波与第一小区的有效载波中的至少一个SUL载波是同一个频段的载波,且终端设备在该SUL载波与第一小区的有效载波中的至少一个SUL载波发送上行传输由同一个网络设备接收,那么终端设备在接收第四指示信息后,跳过随机接入过程,确定第一载波为该SUL载波。又例如,若终端设备在第二小区只有一个SUL载波,终端设备收到第一指示信息,第一指示信息指示该SUL载波与第一小区的有效载波中的至少一个SUL载波是同一个频段的载波,且终端设备在该SUL载波与第一小区的有效载波中的至少一个SUL载波发送上行传输由同一个网络设备接收,终端设备收到第四指示信息后,跳过随机接入过程,确定第一载波为该SUL载波。这样,无需随机接入,就可以实现切换,可以提高通信的效率。
在一个实施例中,第二网络设备还可以向终端设备发送第五指示信息,第五指示信息可以包括指示终端设备继续使用第二载波资源,例如,继续使用第二载波资源中的某个带宽部分(bandwidth part,BWP)的指示信息,某个BWP可以是初始BWP,也可以是首先激活BWP。第五指示信息还可以包括指示终端设备不再使用第二载波的资源,使用新的上行资源,新的上行资源可以是上行链路授权,上行链路授权可以是终端设备在第一载波,也可以是在第四载波。上行链路授权也可以是终端设备检测第一小区的PDCCH消息中获得的。通过第五指示信息,终端设备可以无需从第一小区重新获取第一载波的配置信息,就可以直接利用第二载波的全部或部分资源进行通信。
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备在第二小区或者第一小区的载波可以是一个或多个。
例如,假设终端设备在第二小区有一个载波,切换到第一小区之后,第一小区也有一个载波,则终端设备在第一小区的载波与在第二小区的载波可以是同一个频段的载波,且终端设备在这两个载波发送的上行传输由同一个网络设备接收。
又例如,假设终端设备在第二小区有一个载波,切换到第一小区之后,第一小区有多个载波,则终端设备在第一小区的多个载波中的一个载波与在第二小区的载波可以是同一个频段的载波,且终端设备在这两个载波发送的上行传输由同一个网络设备接收。
又例如,假设终端设备在第二小区有多个载波,切换到第一小区之后,第一小区有一个载波,则终端设备在第一小区的载波与在第二小区的多个载波中的一个载波可以是同一个频段的载波,且终端设备在这两个载波发送的上行传输由同一个网络设备接收。
又例如,假设终端设备在第二小区有多个载波,切换到第一小区之后,第一小区有多个载波,则终端设备在第一小区的多个载波与在第二小区的多个载波中的部分或全部载波是同一个频段的载波,且终端设备在这部分或全部载波发送的上行传输由同一个网络设备接收。例如,终端设备在第一小区的多个载波中的一个载波与在第二小区的多个载波中的一个载波是同一个频段的载波,且终端设备在这两个载波发送的上行传输由同一个网络设备接收;又例如,终端设备在第一小区的多个载波中的两个载波与在第二小区的多个载波中的两个载波是相同的载波。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一载波或第二载波可以是NUL载波,也可以是SUL载波,还可以是以下载波中的至少一种:TDD载波、TDD载波的上行时间单元、FDD载波以及FDD载波的上行时间单元,所述时间单元为时隙或子帧,这样可以扩大可被用作SUL载波的载波范围。
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备在第二小区的载波是SUL载波,切换到第一小区后,终端设备在第一小区的载波可以是SUL载波,也可以是NUL载波(该载波相对于第二小区可以是SUL载波,而相对于第一小区可以是NUL载波),还可以是其他的载波。
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备在第二小区的载波是NUL载波,切换到第一小区后,终端设备在第一小区的载波可以是SUL载波(该载波相对于第二小区可以是NUL载波,而相对于第一小区可以是SUL载波),也可以是NUL载波,还可以是其他的载波。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二网络设备发送第一指示信息时,还可以包括第一载波可以被用作上行的时间资源的信息,被用作上行的时间资源的信息可以包括被用作上行的时隙、子帧的位置和上下行时隙配比。这样,有利于终端设备提前获取第一载波的配置信息。
407、第二网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息。
相应地,终端设备可以接收第二网络设备发送的第一信息。
终端设备确定在所述第一小区中进行上行传输的载波为所述第一载波之后,可以接收第二网络设备发送的第一信息,该第一信息可以包括第一小区的TA偏移值,还可以包括第一小区与第二小区之间的时隙偏移值、第一小区与第二小区之间的系统帧号偏移值和第一小区与第二小区之间的帧边界偏移值中的至少一个。
408、终端设备确定第一TA值。
终端设备接收第二网络设备发送的第一信息之后,可以根据该第一信息、终端设备在第二载波的发送定时、第一小区的下行链路定时和第一小区的TA偏移值,确定第一TA值。由于在所述第一小区中进行上行传输的载波为所述第一载波,即切换前直到切换后,终端设备在第二小区和第一小区发送上行传输的是同一频段的载波,且终端设备在第一载波和 第二载波发送的上行传输由同一个网络设备接收,所以终端设备发送上行传输的发送定时应该保持不变。从第二小区切换到第一小区,在第一小区进行上行传输时,终端设备需要参考第一小区的下行链路定时,不再需要参考第二小区的下行链路定时,所以终端设备在第一载波的TA值需要进行相应的调整。具体地,第一信息可以是第二网络设备下发给终端设备的,在第二载波的发送定时是终端设备已确定的,第一小区的下行链路定时是可以由终端设备通过检测第一小区的同步信号块(synchronization signal/PBCH block,SSB)信息或其他参考信号获得的。因此,终端设备可以根据第一信息、在第二载波的发送定时、第一小区的下行链路定时和第一小区的TA偏移值确定第一TA值,从而实现终端设备在第一小区的第一载波的上行同步。
如果终端设备切换到第一小区后,上行载波只有第一载波,那么确定终端设备在第一载波的TA值,也可以理解为确定终端设备在第一小区的TA值;如果终端设备切换到第一小区后,上行载波有第一载波,也有其他载波,在第一载波与其他载波的TA值相同的情况下,确定终端设备在第一载波的TA值,也可以理解为确定终端设备在第一小区的TA值。
第一载波和第二载波可以为上行载波。在一种可能的实现方式中,若载波为上行载波,那么终端设备在该载波的发送定时,可以理解为,终端设备在该载波的上行定时。例如,终端设备在第二载波的发送定时,可以理解为,终端设备在第二载波的上行定时。第一TA值为终端设备在第一载波的TA值。这样,无需随机接入,就可以确定在第一载波的TA值,从而实现终端设备在第一小区的第一载波的上行同步。
具体地,第一TA值可以满足如下公式:
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000021
其中,N TA为第一TA值,T为第一小区的下行链路定时,T tt为终端设备在第二载波的发送定时,T C=1/(Δf max·N f),Δf max=480·10 3Hz且N f=4096,N TA-offset为第一小区的TA偏移值。
在一种可能的实现方式中,N TA-offset为第一载波和第一小区下行载波的TA偏移值。
第一TA值也可以满足如下公式:
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000022
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000023
其中,T slot-offset为第一小区与第二小区之间的时隙偏移值。
第一TA值还可以满足如下公式:
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000024
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000025
其中,T sfn-offset为第一小区与第二小区之间的系统帧号偏移值。
第一TA值还可以满足如下公式:
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000026
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000027
第一TA值还可以满足如下公式:
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000028
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000029
其中,T Fb-offset为第一小区与第二小区之间的帧边界偏移值。
在一种可能的实现方式中,请参阅图5,图5是本申请实施例提供的另一种数据的上下行时序的关系示意图。如图5所示,终端设备在第一载波发送上行帧,可以在该上行帧对应的下行帧的起始位置之前T TA=(N TA+N TA-offset)×T C开始(该下行帧为该上行帧在第一小区对应的下行帧),也可以理解为终端设备在第一载波的发送定时与第一小区下行链路定时之间的差为(N TA+N TA-offset)×T C。即,终端设备在第一载波的发送定时与终端设备在第一载波发送上行帧的起始位置相一致;终端设备在第一小区的下行链路定时与终端设备在第一载波所发送的上行帧对应的下行帧的起始位置相一致。所以,切换后,终端设备在第一载波的TA值可以由终端设备在第二载波的上行帧的发送起始时刻和该上行帧在第一小区对应的下行帧的起始时刻计算得到。
具体地,第一TA值的公式还可以为:
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000030
其中,S为终端设备在第二载波的上行帧的发送起始时刻,T 1可以为该上行帧在第一小区对应的下行帧的起始时刻。例如,若所述上行帧的帧号为i,则该上行帧在第一小区对应的下行帧的帧号可以为i,也可以为i+j,j可以由第二网络设备或者第一网络设备通知给终端设备。又例如,该上行帧在第一小区对应的下行帧可以是起始时刻与第一载波上行帧i的发送起始时刻之差最小的下行帧,也可以是起始时刻与第一载波上行帧i+j的发送起始时刻之差最小的下行帧,j可以由第二网络设备或者第一网络设备通知给终端设备,也可以由终端设备决定。
第一TA值还可以满足如下公式:
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000031
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000032
第一TA值还可以满足如下公式:
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000033
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000034
第一TA值还可以满足如下公式:
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000035
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000036
第一TA值还可以满足如下公式:
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000037
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000038
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二网络设备向终端设备发送第六指示信息,第六指示信息用于指示第一TA值。终端设备接收到第六指示信息后,可以在切换过程中跳过随机接入,终端设备可以依据第六指示信息中的TA值,确定切换到第一小区后,第一TA值是第六指示信息中的TA值,或者,终端设备可以依据第六指示信息中的TA值,确定切换到第一小区后,第一TA值是第二载波的TA值,或者,终端设备可以依据第六指示信息中的TA值,确定切换到第一小区后,第一TA值是根据第一信息、终端设备在第二载波的发送定时和第一小区的下行链路定时确定的。
409、第二网络设备向终端设备发送用于指示第二TA值与第一TA值是否相同的第三指示信息。
相应地,终端设备可以接收第二网络设备发送的用于指示第二TA值与第一TA值是否相同的第三指示信息。
第二网络设备可以向终端设备发送第三指示信息,第三指示信息可以用于指示第二TA值与第一TA值是否相同,第二TA值是终端设备在第四载波的TA值,第四载波为终端设备在第一小区的不同于第一载波的载波。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第三指示信息也可以用于指示第四载波与第一载波是否共站址。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第三指示信息还可以用于指示第二TA值。
410、终端设备确定第二TA值。
终端设备可以根据第三指示信息确定第二TA值,具体地:
在第三指示信息指示第二TA值与第一TA值相同的情况下,可以确定第二TA值为第一TA值。
在第三指示信息指示第四载波与第一载波共站址的情况下,可以确定第二TA值为第一TA值。
第二网络设备可以根据第二TA值与第一TA值是否相同的信息或者第四载波与第一载波是否共站址的信息,确定第二TA值之后,通过第三指示信息将第二TA值发送给终端设备。
在一个实施例中,第四载波可以为SUL载波,也可以为NUL载波。第一载波和第四载波,也可以适用于5G、6G的适配。应理解,本申请中所有载波的名称仅仅作为示例,在未来通信中,如6G中,还可以称为其它名称,本申请对此不作限定。这里做统一说明,后续不再赘述。
应理解,在本申请实施例中,第一信息、第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息、第五指示信息和第六指示信息,这些信息的部分或全部可以携带于RRC消息或者PDCCH消息中,这些信息的部分或全部可以是由第二网络设备向终端设备同时下发的,也可以是有时间先后顺序下发的,本申请对此不作限定。
411、终端设备向第一网络设备发送第二信息。
相应地,第一网络设备可以接收终端设备发送的第二信息。
在一个实施例中,终端设备确定在第一小区的至少一个载波的TA值之后,可以根据对应的TA值在所述至少一个载波发送第二信息。具体地:
终端设备在第一小区与第一网络设备通信,第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输。终端设备确定第一TA值之后,可以根据第一TA值在第一载波发送第二信息。终端设备可以根据第一TA值在第一小区的第一载波向第四网络设备发送上行传输,第四网络设备是指可以接收终端设备在第二载波发送的上行传输的网络设备,第四网络设备再将上行传输的数据发送给第一网络设备,例如,第四网络设备可以通过回程将上行传输的数据发送给第一网络设备。如果第一网络设备就是第四网络设备,也就是说第二载波和第一小区共站址,也可以说第二载波和第一网络设备共站址的话,那么终端设备可以直接继续在第二载波向第一网络设备发送上行传输。其中,上行传输的信息可以是第二信息,第二信息用于向所述第一网络设备确认切换,确认切换可以是确认终端设备从第二小区切换到第一小区。这样,终端设备无需随机接入,能够实现终端设备在第一小区的第一载波的上行同步,可以提高通信的效率。
终端设备可以保持第一TA值继续在第二载波向第四网络设备或第一小区发送上行传输,直到第一网络设备或第一小区向终端设备发送用于修改第一TA值的消息。
终端设备在第一小区与第一网络设备通信,第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输。终端设备确定第二TA值之后,可以根据第二TA值在第四载波发送第二信息。终端设备可以根据第二TA值在第四载波向第六网络设备发送上行传输,第六网络设备是指可以接收终端设备在第四载波发送的上行传输的网络设备,第六网络设备再将上行传输的数据发送给第一网络设备,如果第一网络设备就是第六网络设备,也就是说第四载波和第一小区共站址,也可以说第四载波和第一网络设备共站址的话,那么终端设备可以在第四载波向第一网络设备发送上行传输。其中,上行传输的信息可以是第二信息,第二信息用于向所述第一网络设备确认切换。这样,终端设备无需随机接入,能够实现终端设备在第一小区的第四载波的上行同步,可以提高通信的效率。
终端设备可以保持第二TA值在第四载波向第六网络设备或第一小区发送上行传输信息,直到第一网络设备或第一小区向终端设备发送用于修改第二TA值的消息。
又例如,终端设备可以根据第一TA值和第二TA值,在第一载波向第五网络设备或第一小区、在第四载波向第六网络设备或第一小区同时发送上行传输信息。
在一个实施例中,终端设备在切换后,如果第一载波和第四载波不在同一个站址,则第一载波和第四载波的传输路径不同,终端设备与第四网络设备和与第六网络设备的距离不同,第一TA值和第二TA值是独立的,因此,需要独立指示和/或调整第一TA值和第二TA值。终端设备可以通过第一网络设备或第一小区发送的两个信令分别调整第一TA值和第二TA值,也可以通过第一网络设备或第一小区发送的一个信令的不同字段分别调整第一TA值和第二TA值。
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备可以通过向第四网络设备发送周期信号的方式,辅助第四网络设备调整第一TA值;终端设备可以通过向第六网络设备发送周期信号的方式,辅助第六网络设备调整第二TA值。
在一个实施例中,第二信息可以是RRC重配完成消息。终端设备通过发送RRC重配完成消息到第四网络设备或第六网络设备来同步到第一小区并完成切换过程。
相应地,第一网络设备接收到第二信息后,可以向终端设备发送重配完成响应,该响应消息还可以用于指示终端设备不再使用半静态上行资源。
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图6,图6是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的流程示意图。其中,本申请中由终端设备执行的功能也可以由终端设备中的模块(例如,芯片)来执行,本申请中由第一网络设备执行的功能也可以由第一网络设备中的模块(例如,芯片)来执行,本申请中由第二网络设备执行的功能也可以由第二网络设备中的模块(例如,芯片)来执行。如图6所示,该通信方法可以包括以下步骤。
601、第二网络设备向终端设备发送测量配置。
应理解,步骤601与步骤401对应,步骤601中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤401的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
602、终端设备根据测量配置确定第五小区的测量结果。
终端设备接收第二网络设备发送的测量配置之后,可以对第二小区进行测量,还可以根据RRC消息来判断是否需要执行对相邻小区的测量。
终端设备可以根据测量配置确定第五小区的测量结果。其中,第五小区包括测量配置对应的小区,可以包括第二小区,也可以包括第二小区的相邻小区。第五小区的测量结果可以包括第二小区的测量结果,也可以包括相邻小区的测量结果。测量结果可以包括RSRP、RSRQ和SINR。
603、第二网络设备向终端设备发送第三小区的信息。
相应地,终端设备可以接收第二网络设备发送的第三小区的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备根据测量配置确定第五小区的测量结果之后,可以不用将第五小区的测量结果上报给第二网络设备,根据第五小区的测量结果决定是否需要切换,在需要切换的情况下,终端设备可以从第二网络设备获取第三小区的信息。第三小区可以是第五小区中的至少一个小区,第三小区的有效载波与第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波。在一个实施例中,可以向第二网络设备发送用于获取第三小区的信息的获取请求消息,来获取第三小区的信息。其中,第三小区的信息可以参考步骤403中的描述,在此不再赘述。
第三小区的信息可以是第二网络设备通过系统消息发送给终端设备,也可以是通过专有信令发送给终端设备。该系统消息可以是按需(on demand)系统消息。如果第三小区的信息是通过按需系统消息的方式发送给终端设备的话,那么该系统消息就不会总处于广播状态,只是在终端设备需要获取第三小区的信息的时候,才会向第二网络设备发送获取请求消息,这样可以减少干扰。
应理解,在本申请实施例中,第二网络设备向终端设备发送第三小区的信息可以是在发送测量配置之前发送的,也可以是与测量配置同时发送的,还可以是在发送测量配置之后发送的,本申请对此不作限定。
如果第三小区的信息是第二网络设备向终端设备发送测量配置之前发送的,即可以理 解为终端设备可以不仅仅只是在切换时才获取第三小区的信息,终端设备也可以是因为其他的某些业务或者是需求,在接收测量配置之前获取到第三小区的信息。这样的话,终端设备在进行切换时就不用获取而直接使用第三小区的信息,可以减少终端设备的接收信令,还可以提高切换的效率。
如果第三小区的信息与测量配置是第二网络设备向终端设备同时发送的,可以减少终端设备的接收信令,还可以提高切换的效率。
如果第三小区信息是第二网络设备向终端设备发送测量配置之后发送的,可以理解为终端设备在进行切换时,需要用到第三小区的信息时,按需向第二网络设备获取,可以避免终端设备的资源存储空间的浪费。
在一个实施例中,该获取请求消息还可以用于获取时隙比,终端设备可以通过该获取请求消息提前得到第三小区的时隙比。终端设备可以在获取第三小区的信息时获取时隙比的,也可以是在终端设备确定在所述第一小区中进行上行传输的载波为所述第一载波之前向第二网络设备获取时隙比的,本申请对此不作限定。
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备根据测量配置确定第五小区的测量结果之后上报给第二网络设备,第二网络设备可以根据第五小区的测量结果决定移交终端设备,在需要移交的情况下,向终端设备发送切换指令和第三小区的信息。具体步骤可以参考步骤403中的描述,在此不再赘述。
在一个实施例中,第三小区的信息还可以包括第二网络设备指定的数值L1或L2,L1、L2为大于等于1的正整数,第三小区的信息可以有至少一个数值L1或至少一个L2。
数值L1可以表征第三小区中的前L1个小区的有效载波中存在与第二载波共站址的载波。例如,如表1所示,若载波1与第二载波共站址或者说载波1指代第二载波,小区1、小区2、…、小区5中有载波1,数值L1可以表征小区1、小区2、…、小区5中,前L1个小区有效载波中存在与第二载波共站址的载波,如果数值L1=1,则可以表示小区1、小区2、…、小区5中第一个小区的有效载波中存在与第二载波共站址的载波,即小区1的有效载波中存在与第二载波共站址的载波;如果数值L=2,则可以表示小区1、小区2、…、小区5中的前2个小区的有效载波中存在与第二载波共站址的载波,即小区1和小区2的有效载波中存在与第二载波共站址的载波。因为表1中有n个载波,所以数值L1可以有至少一个。
数值L2也可以表征第三小区中某一小区的前L2个载波是与该小区共站址的载波,如果第二载波在前L2个载波中,那可以说明,该小区与第二载波共站址。例如,如表2所示,数值L2可以表征第三小区中每个小区的前L2个载波与该小区共站址,可以理解为,载波1、载波2、…、载波5中的前L2个载波与小区1共站址,如果前L2个载波中存在第二载波,则可以确定小区1与第二载波共站址;也可以理解为,载波1、载波6、…、载波10中的前L2个载波与小区2共站址,如果前L2个载波中存在第二载波,则可以确定小区2与第二载波共站址;…;依次类推。因为表2中有n个小区,所以数值L2可以有至少一个。
第一网络设备发送的第一小区的信息中也可以不指定数值L,可以依据协议中预定义的,默认第一个或前几个小区的有效载波中存在与第二载波共站址的载波,或者默认哪一个或几个小区与第二载波共站址。
在一个实施例中,第二网络设备向终端设备发送第三小区的信息时,还可以发送时隙比。终端设备可以提前得到第一小区的时隙比,则第二网络设备在通知终端设备进行切换的指令中就可以相应地减少比特(bit)数。第三小区的信息可以携带于RRC消息或PDCCH消息中通过第二网络设备发送给终端设备。
604、终端设备根据第三小区的信息和第三小区的测量结果确定N个第四小区。
终端设备接收第二网络设备发送的第三小区的信息之后,可以根据第三小区的信息和第三小区的测量结果确定N个第四小区,第四小区可以是候选小区,N为大于等于1的整数。其中,终端设备根据第三小区的信息和第三小区的测量结果确定N个第四小区,可以参考步骤403中第二网络设备根据第三小区的信息和第三小区的测量结果确定第一小区的描述,在此不再赘述。
605、终端设备向第二网络设备发送N个第四小区的指示信息。
相应地,第二网络设备可以接收终端设备发送的N个第四小区的指示信息。
终端设备根据第三小区的信息和第三小区的测量结果确定N个第四小区之后,可以依据自己的能力和/或业务需求,向第二网络设备上报N个第四小区的指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备向第二网络设备上报N个第四小区的指示信息时,还可以上报N个第四小区的测量结果。
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备向第二网络设备上报N个第四小区的指示信息时,还可以上报第五小区的测量结果。
606、第二网络设备根据N个第四小区的指示信息确定第一小区。
第二网络设备接收终端设备发送的N个第四小区的指示信息之后,可以从N个第四小区中确定一个第一小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,N可以为1,则第二网络设备接收终端设备发送的一个小区的信息,进而可以确定第一小区为这个小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中,N可以为大于1的整数,则第二网络设备接收终端设备发送的多个小区的信息,进而可以从多个小区中确定第一小区,具体地:
第二网络设备可以根据N个第四小区中的每个小区的总数值确定第一小区,可以将N个第四小区中总数值最高的小区作为第一小区。
由于第三小区的有效载波与第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波,所以根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定N个第四小区,可以保证N个第四小区中每个小区的有效载波存在与第二小区的有效载波相同的载波,进而第二网络设备从N个第四小区中确定的一个第一小区,可以保证终端设备确定在所述第一小区中进行上行传输的载波为所述第一载波,使得终端设备在切换过程中无需随机接入,实现终端设备在第一小区的第一载波的上行同步,可以提高通信的效率。
607、第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送用于请求终端设备接入第一网络设备的请求信息。
相应地,第一网络设备可以接收第二网络设备发送的用于请求终端设备接入第一网络设备的请求信息。
第二网络设备根据N个第四小区的指示信息确定第一小区之后,可以向第一网络设备 发送用于请求终端设备接入第一网络设备的请求信息。具体的描述可以参见步骤404的描述,在此不再赘述。
608、第二网络设备向终端设备发送用于指示第一小区的信息的第二指示信息。
应理解,步骤608与步骤405对应,步骤608中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤405的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
609、确定在终端设备从第二小区切换到第一小区后,在第一小区中终端设备进行上行传输的载波为第一载波。
应理解,步骤609与步骤406对应,步骤609中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤406的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
610、第二网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息。
应理解,步骤610与步骤407对应,步骤610中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤407的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
611、终端设备确定第一TA值。
应理解,步骤611与步骤408对应,步骤611中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤408的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
612、第二网络设备向终端设备发送用于指示第二TA值与第一TA值是否相同的第三指示信息。
应理解,步骤612与步骤409对应,步骤612中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤409的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
613、终端设备确定第二TA值。
应理解,步骤613与步骤410对应,步骤613中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤410的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
614、终端设备向第一网络设备发送第二信息。
应理解,步骤614与步骤411对应,步骤614中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤411的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图7,图7是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的流程示意图。其中,本申请中由终端设备执行的功能也可以由终端设备中的模块(例如,芯片)来执行,本申请中由第一网络设备执行的功能也可以由第一网络设备中的模块(例如,芯片)来执行,本申请中由第二网络设备执行的功能也可以由第二网络设备中的模块(例如,芯片)来执行。如图7所示,该通信方法可以包括以下步骤。
701、第二网络设备向终端设备发送测量配置。
应理解,步骤701与步骤401对应,步骤701中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤401的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
702、终端设备向第二网络设备发送第五小区的测量结果。
应理解,步骤702与步骤402对应,步骤702中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤402的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
703、第二网络设备根据第三小区的信息和第三小区的测量结果确定第一小区。
应理解,步骤703与步骤403对应,步骤703中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤403的描述, 此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
704、第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送用于请求终端设备接入第一网络设备的请求信息。
应理解,步骤704与步骤404对应,步骤704中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤404的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
705、第二网络设备向终端设备发送用于指示第一小区的信息的第二指示信息。
应理解,步骤705与步骤405对应,步骤705中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤405的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
706、第二网络设备向终端设备发送第三信息。
相应地,终端设备接收第二网络设备发送的第三信息。
第三信息可以包括第一指示信息和第一小区的ID,第一指示信息可以用于指示终端设备继续向第四网络设备发送上行传输。终端设备可以根据第一小区的ID确定将要切换到的第一小区是哪个小区。还可以根据第一指示信息确定在第一小区继续向第四网络设备发送上行传输,第四网络设备是指可以接收终端设备在第二小区发送的上行传输的网络设备。
终端设备切换前,在第二小区与第二网络设备通信,第二网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输,终端设备可以向第四网络设备发送上行传输,第四网络设备是指可以接收终端设备在第二小区发送的上行传输的网络设备。第四网络设备再将上行传输的数据发送给第二网络设备,例如,第四网络设备可以通过回程将上行传输的数据发送给第二网络设备。如果第二网络设备就是第四网络设备,也就是说第四网络设备和第二网络设备共站址的话,那么终端设备可以直接向第二网络设备发送上行传输。终端设备切换后,在第一小区与第一网络设备通信,第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输,终端设备可以向第五网络设备发送上行传输,第五网络设备是指可以接收终端设备在第一小区发送的上行传输的网络设备。第五网络设备再将上行传输的数据发送给第一网络设备,例如,第五网络设备可以通过回程将上行传输的数据发送给第一网络设备。如果第一网络设备就是第五网络设备,也就是说第五网络设备和第一网络设备共站址的话,那么终端设备可以直接向第一网络设备发送上行传输。
继续向第四网络设备发送上行传输,可以理解为,终端设备切换前直到切换后,在第二小区和第一小区,可以向同一个网络设备,即第四网络设备,发送上行传输。具体地:终端设备切换后,在第一小区与第一网络设备通信,第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输,终端设备可以继续向第四网络设备发送上行传输,第四网络设备再将上行传输的数据发送给第一网络设备,例如,第四网络设备可以通过回程将上行传输的数据发送给第一网络设备。如果第一网络设备就是第四网络设备,那么终端设备可以直接向第一网络设备发送上行传输。这样,无需随机接入,就可以实现终端设备在第一小区发送上行传输。因此,本申请提供的方案,能够有效避免终端设备向第一小区进行需要随机接入的切换过程中可能产生的时延和中断问题,可以提高通信的效率。
在一个实施例中,第二网络设备可以向终端设备发送第四指示信息,第四指示信息可以用于指示终端设备在切换过程中是否跳过随机接入,在第四指示信息指示终端设备在切换过程中跳过随机接入时,终端设备可以根据第一指示信息确定在第一小区继续向第四网 络设备发送上行传输。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二网络设备发送第三信息时,还可以包括继续向第四网络设备发送上行传输时的时间资源的信息,时间资源的信息可以包括被上行的时隙、子帧的位置和上下行时隙配比。这样,有利于终端设备提前获取配置信息。
707、第二网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息。
应理解,步骤707与步骤407对应,步骤707中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤407的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
708、终端设备确定第一TA值。
终端设备接收第二网络设备发送的第一信息之后,可以根据该第一信息、第一发送定时、第一小区的下行链路定时和第一小区的TA偏移值,确定第一TA值,第一TA值用于继续向第四网络设备发送上行传输。
应理解,步骤708与步骤408对应,步骤708中的相关确定第一TA值的描述可以参见上述步骤408的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
需要理解的是,步骤408中的T tt为终端设备在第二载波的发送定时,在步骤708中T tt为第一发送定时,第一发送定时可以是终端设备在第二小区发送上行传输的发送定时,第一发送定时也可以称作第一上行定时。
由于终端设备在第一小区可以继续向第四网络设备发送上行传输,即切换前直到切换后,终端设备在第二小区和第一小区,可以向同一个网络设备,即第四网络设备,发送上行传输,所以终端设备发送上行传输的发送定时应该保持不变。从第二小区切换到第一小区,在第一小区进行上行传输时,终端设备需要参考第一小区的下行链路定时,不再需要参考第二小区的下行链路定时,所以终端设备继续向第四网络设备发送上行传输所根据的TA值,即第一TA值,需要进行相应的调整。
具体地,第一信息可以是第二网络设备下发给终端设备的,第一发送定时是终端设备已确定的,第一小区的下行链路定时是可以由终端设备通过检测第一小区的SSB信息或其他参考信号获得的。因此,终端设备可以根据第一信息、第一发送定时、第一小区的下行链路定时和第一小区的TA偏移值确定第一TA值。这样,无需随机接入,就可以确定第一TA值,从而实现终端设备在第一小区的上行同步,可以提高通信的效率。
应理解,本申请实施例中,第一信息、第三信息、第二指示信息、第四指示信息、第六指示信息,这些信息的部分或全部可以携带于RRC消息或者PDCCH消息中,这些信息的部分或全部可以是由第二网络设备向终端设备同时下发的,也可以是有时间先后顺序下发的,本申请对此不作限定。
709、终端设备发送上行传输信息。
在第四网络设备是第一网络设备的情况下,终端设备可以向第一网络设备发送上行传输信息;或者在第四网络设备是第二网络设备的情况下,可以向第二网络设备发送上行传输信息。其中,上行传输信息可以包括第二信息,第二信息用于向第一网络设备确认切换,确认切换可以是指终端设备从第二小区切换到第一小区。
具体地,终端设备切换前直到切换后,在第二小区和第一小区,可以向同一个网络设备,即第四网络设备,发送上行传输。如果第四网络设备是第二网络设备,那么终端设备 可以直接向第二网络设备发送上行传输;如果第四网络设备是第一网络设备,那么终端设备可以直接向第一网络设备发送上行传输。
在一个实施例中,终端设备还可以根据第一TA值发送上行传输。这样,无需随机接入,就可以实现终端设备在第一小区的上行同步。因此,本申请提供的方案,能够有效避免终端设备向第一小区进行需要随机接入的切换过程中可能产生的时延和中断问题,可以提高通信的效率。
终端设备可以保持第一TA值继续向第四网络设备发送上行传输信息,直到第一网络设备或第一小区向终端设备发送用于修改第一TA值的消息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备可以通过向第四网络设备发送周期信号的方式,辅助第四网络设备调整第一TA值。
在一个实施例中,第二信息可以是RRC重配完成消息。终端设备通过发送RRC重配完成消息到第四网络设备来同步到第一小区并完成切换过程。
相应地,第一网络设备接收到第二信息后,可以向终端设备发送重配完成响应,该响应消息还可以用于指示终端设备不再使用半静态上行资源。
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图8,图8是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图。其中,本申请中由终端设备执行的功能也可以由终端设备中的模块(例如,芯片)来执行,本申请中由第一网络设备执行的功能也可以由第一网络设备中的模块(例如,芯片)来执行。如图8所示,该通信方法可以包括以下步骤。
801、第二网络设备向终端设备发送测量配置。
应理解,步骤801与步骤701对应,步骤801中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤701的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
802、终端设备根据测量配置确定第五小区的测量结果。
应理解,步骤802与步骤602对应,步骤802中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤602的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
803、第二网络设备向终端设备发送第三小区的信息。
应理解,步骤703与步骤603对应,步骤803中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤603的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
804、终端设备根据第三小区的信息和第三小区的测量结果确定N个第四小区。
应理解,步骤804与步骤604对应,步骤804中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤604的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
805、终端设备向第二网络设备发送N个第四小区的指示信息。
应理解,步骤805与步骤605对应,步骤805中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤605的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
806、第二网络设备根据N个第四小区的指示信息确定第一小区。
应理解,步骤806与步骤606对应,步骤806中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤606的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
807、第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送用于请求终端设备接入第一网络设备的请求信 息。
应理解,步骤807与步骤607对应,步骤807中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤607的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
808、第二网络设备向终端设备发送用于指示第一小区的信息的第二指示信息。
应理解,步骤808与步骤705对应,步骤808中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤705的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
809、第二网络设备向终端设备发送第三信息。
应理解,步骤809与步骤706对应,步骤809中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤706的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
810、第二网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息。
应理解,步骤810与步骤707对应,步骤810中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤707的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
811、终端设备确定第一TA值。
应理解,步骤811与步骤708对应,步骤811中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤708的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
812、终端设备发送上行传输信息。
应理解,步骤812与步骤709对应,步骤811中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤709的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图9,图9是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图。其中,本申请中由终端设备执行的功能也可以由终端设备中的模块(例如,芯片)来执行,本申请中由第一网络设备执行的功能也可以由第一网络设备中的模块(例如,芯片)来执行,本申请中由第二网络设备执行的功能也可以由第二网络设备中的模块(例如,芯片)来执行。如图9所示,该通信方法可以包括以下步骤。
901、第二网络设备向终端设备发送测量配置。
应理解,步骤901与步骤401对应,步骤901中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤401的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
902、终端设备向第二网络设备发送第五小区的测量结果。
应理解,步骤902与步骤402对应,步骤902中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤402的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
903、第二网络设备根据第三小区的信息和第五小区的测量结果确定第一小区。
第二网络设备接收终端设备发送的第五小区的测量结果之后,可以先判断第五小区中是否存在第三小区,第三小区可以是有效载波中与第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波的小区,在第五小区中存在第三小区的情况下,可以根据第三小区的信息和第三小区的测量结果确定第一小区,第三小区的信息是第二网络设备已知的,由于第三小区是第五小区中的至少一个小区,所以第三小区的测量结果是可以从终端设备上报的第五小区的测量结果中得到的,所以第二网络设备可以根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定第一小区;在第五小区中不存在第三小区的情况下,可以根据第五小区的测量结果确定 第一小区。具体地:
在一种可能的实现方式中,在第五小区中存在第三小区的情况下,第二网络设备可以优先选择第三小区中的小区作为第一小区,具体的根据第三小区的信息和第三小区的测量结果确定第一小区可以参考步骤403的描述,在此不再赘述。
与只根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定第一小区相比,虽然第三小区中的每个小区的有效载波与第二小区的有效载波存在相同的载波可以被优先选为第一小区,但是如果每个小区的测量结果都不好,则从第三小区中确定的第一小区也不符合终端设备切换的条件。
所以,若第三小区中的每个小区的测量结果都比较差,则可以再选择第六小区,根据第六小区的测量结果重新确定第一小区,第六小区可以为第五小区中除第三小区之外的其他小区,第六小区可以包括有效载波与第二小区的有效载波无交集,但与除第二小区之外的其他小区的有效载波有交集的小区,也可以包括有效载波与第二小区和除第二小区之外的其他小区的有效载波均无交集的小区。
在一个实施例中,第二网络设备优先选择第六小区中有效载波与第二小区的有效载波无交集,但与除第二小区之外的其他小区的有效载波有交集的小区作为第一小区。例如,第六小区中的部分小区的有效载波中有SUL载波,且该SUL载波被第二小区之外的其他小区所共享,第六小区中的部分小区的有效载波中没有SUL载波,则第二网络设备可以优先选择有效载波中有SUL载波的小区。因为如果选择了有效载波中没有SUL载波的小区作为第一小区的话,终端设备在下一次切换时就无法利用SUL载波进行上行连续,如果选择了有效载波中有SUL载波的小区作为第一小区的话,终端设备在下一次切换时还可以继续使用SUL载波进行上行连续,避免切换中因为随机接入导致的时延和中断。
在一种可能的实现方式中,在第五小区中不存在第三小区的情况下,第二网络设备可以根据第五小区的测量结果确定第一小区。
在一个实施例中,可以将第五小区的测量结果数值化,可以根据第五小区中每个小区的测量结果数值确定第一小区。例如,第一小区可以是测量结果数值最高的小区。
在一个实施例中,如果第一小区是第三小区中的一个小区,则还可以执行上述步骤404-步骤411的方法或步骤704-步骤709的方法,从而在切换过程中,无需随机接入,可以实现终端设备在第一小区的上行同步,可以提高通信的效率。
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图10,图10是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法流程示意图。其中,本申请中由终端设备执行的功能也可以由终端设备中的模块(例如,芯片)来执行,本申请中由第一网络设备执行的功能也可以由第一网络设备中的模块(例如,芯片)来执行。如图10所示,该通信方法可以包括以下步骤。
1001、第二网络设备向终端设备发送测量配置。
应理解,步骤1001与步骤601对应,步骤1001中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤601的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
1002、终端设备根据测量配置确定第五小区的测量结果。
应理解,步骤1002与步骤602对应,步骤902中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤602的描述, 此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
1003、第二网络设备向终端设备发送第三小区的信息。
应理解,步骤1003与步骤603对应,步骤1003中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤603的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
1004、终端设备根据第三小区的信息和第五小区的测量结果确定N个第四小区。
终端设备接收第二网络设备发送的第三小区的信息之后,可以先判断第五小区中是否存在第三小区,在第五小区中存在第三小区的情况下,可以根据第三小区的信息和第三小区的测量结果确定N个第四小区,第三小区的信息是第二网络设备下发给终端设备的,由于第三小区是第五小区中的至少一个小区,第三小区的测量结果是可以从第五小区的测量结果中得到的,所以终端设备可以根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定N个第四小区;在第五小区中不存在第三小区的情况下,可以根据第五小区的测量结果确定N个第四小区。具体地:
在一种可能的实现方式中,在第五小区中存在第三小区的情况下,终端设备可以优先选择第三小区中的小区作为N个第四小区,具体的根据第三小区的信息和第三小区的测量结果确定N个第四小区可以参考步骤604的描述,在此不再赘述。
与只根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定N个第四小区相比,虽然第三小区中的每个小区的有效载波与第二小区的有效载波存在相同的载波可以被优先选为N个第四小区,但是如果每个小区的测量结果都不好,则从N个第四小区中确定的第一小区也不符合终端设备切换的条件。
所以,若第三小区中的每个小区的测量结果都比较差,则可以再选择第六小区,根据第六小区的测量结果重新确定N个第四小区,第六小区可以为第五小区中除第三小区之外的其他小区,第六小区可以包括有效载波与第二小区的有效载波无交集,但与除第二小区之外的其他小区的有效载波有交集的小区,也可以包括有效载波与第二小区和除第二小区之外的其他小区的有效载波均无交集的小区。
在一个实施例中,终端设备优先选择第六小区中有效载波与第二小区的有效载波无交集,但与除第二小区之外的其他小区的有效载波有交集的小区作为N个第四小区。例如,第六小区中的部分小区的有效载波中有SUL载波,且该SUL载波被第二小区之外的其他小区所共享,第六小区中的部分小区的有效载波中没有SUL载波,则终端设备可以优先选择有效载波中有SUL载波的小区作为N个第四小区。因为第一小区是N个第四小区中的一个小区,如果选择了有效载波中没有SUL载波的小区作为N个第四小区的话,终端设备在下一次切换时就无法利用SUL载波进行上行连续,如果选择了有效载波中有SUL载波的小区作为N个第四小区的话,终端设备在下一次切换时还可以继续使用SUL载波进行上行连续,避免切换中因为随机接入导致的时延和中断。
在一种可能的实现方式中,在第五小区中不存在第三小区的情况下,终端设备可以根据第五小区的测量结果确定N个第四小区。
在一个实施例中,可以将第五小区的测量结果数值化,可以根据第五小区中每个小区的测量结果数值确定N个第四小区。例如,N个第四小区可以是测量结果数值大于一定阈值的小区。
1005、终端设备向第二网络设备发送N个第四小区的指示信息。
应理解,步骤1005与步骤605对应,步骤1005中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤605的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
1006、第二网络设备根据N个第四小区的指示信息确定第一小区。
应理解,步骤1006与步骤606对应,步骤1006中的相关描述可以参见上述步骤606的描述,此处为了避免重复,不再赘述。
在一个实施例中,如果第一小区是第三小区中的一个小区,则还可以执行上述步骤607-步骤614的方法或步骤704-步骤709的方法,从而在切换过程中,无需随机接入,可以实现终端设备在第一小区的上行同步,可以提高通信的效率。
结合图4和图6的通信方法,在一个实施例中,请参阅图11,图11是本申请实施例提供的一种切换的场景示意图。如图11所示,该场景包括站点1的小区和站点2的小区,站点可以理解为站址。其中,站点1的小区有NUL载波和NUL载波对应的DL载波;站点2的小区有NUL载波、NUL载波对应的DL载波和SUL载波。该SUL载波覆盖了站点1的部分或全部小区,即站点1的部分或全部小区和站点2的小区有该SUL载波。
终端设备从站点2的小区切换到站点1的小区。
站点1中有该SUL载波的小区可以是第一小区,站点2的小区可以是第二小区。第一小区可以执行步骤401-步骤403的方法或者步骤601-步骤606的方法得到。站点2的网络设备可以是上述方法实施例中所提及的第二网络设备,站点1的网络设备可以是上述方法实施例中所提及的第一网络设备。
终端设备从第二小区向第一小区进行切换,可以确定终端设备在第一小区的SUL载波为终端设备在第二小区的SUL载波,即切换前直到切换后,终端设备在第一小区和第二小区的SUL载波可以为同一频段的载波,且终端设备在第一小区和第二小区的SUL载波发送的上行传输由同一个网络设备接收。终端设备可以在该SUL载波向站点2的网络设备发送上行传输。具体地:
终端设备切换前,在第二小区的SUL载波与第二小区是共站址的。终端设备在第二小区的SUL载波向站点2的网络设备或者第二小区发送信息时,可以向站点2的网络设备或者第二小区发送包括该信息的上行传输,站点2的网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输。
终端设备切换后,在第一小区的SUL载波和第一小区是异站址的。第一小区的SUL载波与第一小区是异站址的这个信息可以由站点2的网络设备通过RRC消息或者PDCCH消息或者系统消息通知给终端设备。例如,系统消息可以是按需系统消息。由于终端设备确定在第一小区的SUL载波为终端设备在第二小区的SUL载波,终端设备在第一小区的SUL载波向站点1的网络设备或者第一小区发送信息时,可以先在第一小区的SUL载波向站点2的网络设备发送包括该信息的上行传输,然后,站点2的网络设备再将该信息发送给站点1的网络设备或第一小区,例如,站点2的网络设备可以通过回程将该信息发送给站点1的网络设备或第一小区,站点1的网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输。
在一个实施例中,站点2的网络设备确定第一TA值需要调整时,第一TA值可以是终端设备在第一小区的SUL载波的TA值,可以通过回程将第一TA值的调整量发送给站点1的网 络设备,站点1的网络设备给终端设备发送信令通知终端设备调整第一TA值。终端设备可以通过向站点2的网络设备发送周期信号的方式,辅助站点2的网络设备调整第一TA值。
在一个实施例中,站点1的网络设备确定第二TA值需要调整时,第二TA值可以是终端设备在第一小区的NUL载波的TA值,站点1的网络设备可以给终端设备发送信令,通知终端设备调整第二TA值。终端设备可以通过向站点1的网络设备发送周期信号的方式,辅助站点1的网络设备调整第二TA值。
由于在第一小区的SUL载波和第一小区是异站址的,终端设备在第一小区的NUL载波和在第一小区的SUL载波不在同一个站址,这两个载波的传输路径不同,终端设备与站点1的网络设备和与站点2的网络设备的距离不同,第一TA值和第二TA值是独立的。因此,需要独立指示和/或调整第一TA值和第二TA值。终端设备可以通过站点1的网络设备或第一小区发送的两个信令分别调整第一TA值和第二TA值,也可以通过站点1的网络设备或第一小区发送的一个信令的不同字段分别调整第一TA值和第二TA值。
结合图7和图8的通信方法,在一个实施例中,如图11所示,第一小区可以执行步骤701-步骤703的方法或者步骤801-步骤806的方法得到。终端设备从第二小区向第一小区进行切换,可以确定终端设备继续向站点2的网络设备发送上行传输,即切换前直到切换后,终端设备在第一小区和第二小区,可以向同一个网络设备,即站点2的网络设备,发送上行传输。具体地:
终端设备切换前,第二小区与站点2的网络设备是共站址的。终端设备在第二小区向站点2的网络设备或者第二小区发送信息时,可以向站点2的网络设备或者第二小区发送包括该信息的上行传输,站点2的网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输。
终端设备切换后,第一小区与站点2的网络设备是异站址的。第一小区与站点2的网络设备是异站址的这个信息可以由站点2的网络设备通过RRC消息或者PDCCH消息或者系统消息通知给终端设备。例如,系统消息可以是按需系统消息。由于终端设备在第一小区继续向站点2的网络设备发送上行传输,终端设备在第一小区向站点1的网络设备或者第一小区发送信息时,可以先在第一小区向站点2的网络设备发送包括该信息的上行传输,然后,站点2的网络设备再通过回程将该信息发送给站点1的网络设备或第一小区,站点1的网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输。
在一个实施中,站点2的网络设备确定第一TA值需要调整时,第一TA值用于继续向站点2的网络设备发送上行传输,可以通过回程将第一TA值的调整量发送给站点1的网络设备,站点1的网络设备给终端设备发送信令通知终端设备调整第一TA值。终端设备可以通过向站点2的网络设备发送周期信号的方式,辅助站点2的网络设备调整第一TA值。
结合图4和图6的通信方法,在一个实施例中,请参阅图12,图12是本申请实施例提供的另一种切换的场景示意图。如图12所示,该场景包括站点1的小区和站点2的小区,其中,站点1的小区有NUL载波和NUL载波对应的DL载波;站点2的小区有NUL载波、NUL载波对应的DL载波和SUL载波。该SUL载波覆盖了站点1的部分或全部小区,即站点1的部分或全部小区和站点2的小区有该SUL载波。
终端设备从站点1的小区切换到站点2的小区。
站点2的小区可以是第一小区,站点1中有该SUL载波的小区可以是第二小区。第一小区可以执行步骤401-步骤403的方法或者步骤601-步骤606的方法得到。站点1的网络设备可以是上述方法实施例中所提及的第二网络设备,站点2的网络设备可以是上述方法实施例中所提及的第一网络设备。
终端设备从第二小区向第一小区进行切换,可以确定终端设备在第一小区的SUL载波为终端设备在第二小区的SUL载波,即切换前直到切换后,终端设备在第一小区和第二小区的SUL载波可以为同一频段的载波,且终端设备在第一小区和第二小区的SUL载波发送的上行传输由同一个网络设备接收。终端设备可以在该SUL载波向站点2的网络设备发送上行传输。具体地:
终端设备切换前,在第二小区的SUL载波与第二小区是异站址的。终端设备在第二小区的SUL载波向站点1的网络设备或者第二小区发送信息时,可以先在第二小区的SUL载波向站点2的网络设备发送包括该信息的上行传输,然后,站点2的网络设备再将该信息发送给站点1的网络设备或第二小区,例如,站点2的网络设备可以通过回程将该信息发送给站点1的网络设备或者第二小区,站点1的网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输。
终端设备切换后,在第一小区的SUL载波和第一小区是共站址的。第一小区的SUL载波与第一小区是共站址的这个信息可以由站点1的网络设备通过RRC消息或者PDCCH消息或者系统消息通知给终端设备。例如,系统消息可以是按需系统消息。由于终端设备确定在第一小区的SUL载波为终端设备在第二小区的SUL载波,终端设备在第一小区的SUL载波向站点2的网络设备或者第一小区发送信息时,可以向站点2的网络设备或者第一小区发送包括该信息的上行传输,站点2的网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输。
在一个实施例中,站点2的网络设备确定第一TA值需要调整时,第一TA值可以是终端设备在第一小区的SUL载波的TA值,站点2的网络设备可以给终端设备发送信令,通知终端设备调整第一TA值。终端设备可以通过向站点2的网络设备发送周期信号的方式,辅助站点2的网络设备调整第一TA值。
在一个实施例中,站点2的网络设备确定第二TA值需要调整时,第二TA值可以是终端设备在第一小区的NUL载波的TA值,站点2的网络设备可以给终端设备发送信令,通知终端设备调整第二TA值。终端设备可以通过向站点2的网络设备发送周期信号的方式,辅助站点2的网络设备调整第二TA值。
由于在第一小区的SUL载波和第一小区是共站址的,终端设备在第一小区的NUL载波和在第一小区的SUL载波在同一个站址,这两个载波的传输路径相同,第一TA值和第二TA值可以相同。因此,不需要独立指示和/或调整第一TA值和第二TA值。终端设备可以通过站点2的网络设备或者第一小区发送的一个信令调整第一TA值和第二TA值。
结合图7和图8的通信方法,在一个实施例中,如图12所示,第一小区可以执行步骤701-步骤703的方法或者步骤801-步骤806的方法得到。终端设备从第二小区向第一小区进行切换,可以确定终端设备继续向站点2的网络设备发送上行传输,即切换前直到切换后,终端设备在第一小区和第二小区,可以向同一个网络设备,即站点2的网络设备,发送上行传输。具体地:
终端设备切换前,第二小区与站点2的网络设备是异站址的。终端设备在第二小区向站 点1的网络设备或者第二小区发送信息时,可以先在第二小区向站点2的网络设备发送包括该信息的上行传输,然后,站点2的网络设备再将该信息发送给站点1的网络设备或第二小区,例如,站点2的网络设备可以通过回程将该信息发送给站点1的网络设备或者第二小区,站点1的网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输。
终端设备切换后,第一小区与站点2的网络设备是共站址的。第一小区与站点2的网络设备是共站址的这个信息可以由站点1的网络设备通过RRC消息或者PDCCH消息或者系统消息通知给终端设备。例如,系统消息可以是按需系统消息。由于终端设备在第一小区继续向站点2的网络设备发送上行传输,终端设备在第一小区向站点2的网络设备或者第一小区发送信息时,可以向站点2的网络设备或者第一小区发送包括该信息的上行传输,站点2的网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输。
在一个实施例中,站点2的网络设备确定第一TA值需要调整时,第一TA值用于继续向站点2的网络设备发送上行传输,站点2的网络设备可以给终端设备发送信令,通知终端设备调整第一TA值。终端设备可以通过向站点2的网络设备发送周期信号的方式,辅助站点2的网络设备调整第一TA值。
在一个实施例中,请参阅图13,图13是本申请实施例提供的又一种切换的场景示意图。如图13所示,该场景包括站点1的小区、站点2的小区和站点3的小区,其中,站点1的小区有NUL载波和NUL载波对应的DL载波;站点2的小区有NUL载波、NUL载波对应的DL载波和SUL载波;站点3的小区有NUL载波和NUL载波对应的DL载波。该SUL载波覆盖了站点1的部分或全部小区和站点3的部分或全部小区,即站点1的部分或全部小区和站点3的部分或全部小区有该SUL载波。
终端设备在站点1的小区进行通信时,如果需要进行切换,在站点2和站点3的小区的下行质量相等或者相差不大时,可以优先选择站点2的小区作为第一小区,使得切换后SUL载波与第一小区共站址。
终端设备可以从站点1的小区切换到站点2的小区,结合图4、图6、图7和图8的通信方法、具体的实施例请参见上述图12的详细描述,在此不再赘述。
结合图4和图6的通信方法,在一个实施例中,请参阅图14,图14是本申请实施例提供的又一种切换的场景示意图。如图14所示,该场景包括站点1的小区、站点2的小区和站点3的小区,其中,站点1的小区有NUL载波和NUL载波对应的DL载波;站点2的小区有NUL载波、NUL载波对应的DL载波和SUL载波;站点3的小区有NUL载波和NUL载波对应的DL载波。该SUL载波覆盖了站点1的部分或全部小区和站点3的部分或全部小区,即站点1的部分或全部小区和站点3的部分或全部小区有该SUL载波。
终端设备从站点1的小区切换到站点3的小区。
站点3中有该SUL载波的小区可以是第一小区,站点1中有该SUL载波的小区可以是第二小区,第一小区可以执行步骤401-步骤403的方法或者步骤601-步骤606的方法得到。站点1的网络设备可以是上述方法实施例中所提及的第二网络设备,站点3的网络设备可以是上述方法实施例中所提及的第一网络设备。
终端设备从第二小区向第一小区进行切换,可以确定终端设备在第一小区的SUL载波为终端设备在第二小区的SUL载波,即切换前直到切换后,终端设备在第一小区和第二小区的SUL载波可以为同一频段的载波,且终端设备在第一小区和第二小区的SUL载波发送的上行传输由同一个网络设备接收。终端设备可以在该SUL载波向站点2的网络设备发送上行传输。具体地:
终端设备切换前,在第二小区的SUL载波与第二小区是异站址的。终端设备在第二小区的SUL载波向站点1的网络设备或者第二小区发送信息时,可以先在第二小区的SUL载波向站点2的网络设备发送包括该信息的上行传输,然后,站点2的网络设备再将该信息发送给站点1的网络设备或第二小区,例如,站点2的网络设备可以通过回程将该信息发送给站点1的网络设备或者第二小区,站点1的网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输。
终端设备切换后,在第一小区的SUL载波和第一小区是异站址的。第一小区的SUL载波与第一小区是异站址的这个信息可以由站点1的网络设备通过RRC消息或者PDCCH消息或者系统消息通知给终端设备。例如,系统消息可以是按需系统消息。由于终端设备确定在第一小区的SUL载波为终端设备在第二小区的SUL载波,终端设备在第一小区的SUL载波向站点3的网络设备或者第一小区发送信息时,可以先在第一小区的SUL载波向站点2的网络设备发送包括该信息的上行传输,然后,站点2的网络设备再将该信息发送给站点3的网络设备或第一小区,例如,站点2的网络设备可以通过回程将该信息发送给站点3的网络设备或第一小区,站点3的网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输。
在一个实施例中,站点2的网络设备确定第一TA值需要调整时,第一TA值可以是终端设备在第一小区的SUL载波的TA值,可以通过回程将第一TA值的调整量发送给站点3的网络设备,站点3的网络设备给终端设备发送信令通知终端设备调整第一TA值。终端设备可以通过向站点2的网络设备发送周期信号的方式,辅助站点2的网络设备调整第一TA值。
在一个实施例中,站点3的网络设备确定第二TA值需要调整时,第二TA值可以是终端设备在第一小区的NUL载波的TA值,站点3的网络设备可以给终端设备发送信令,通知终端设备调整第二TA值。终端设备可以通过向站点3的网络设备发送周期信号的方式,辅助站点3的网络设备调整第二TA值。
由于在第一小区的SUL载波和第一小区是异站址的,终端设备在第一小区的NUL载波和在第一小区的SUL载波不在同一个站址,这两个载波的传输路径不同,终端设备与站点3的网络设备和与站点2的网络设备的距离不同,第一TA值和第二TA值是独立的。因此,需要独立指示和/或调整第一TA值和第二TA值。终端设备可以通过站点3的网络设备或第一小区发送的两个信令分别调整第一TA值和第二TA值,也可以通过站点3的网络设备或第一小区发送的一个信令的不同字段分别调整第一TA值和第二TA值。
结合图7和图8的通信方法,在一个实施例中,如图14所示,第一小区可以执行步骤701-步骤703的方法或者步骤801-步骤806的方法得到。终端设备从第二小区向第一小区进行切换,可以确定终端设备继续向站点2的网络设备发送上行传输,即切换前直到切换后,终端设备在第一小区和第二小区,可以向同一个网络设备,即站点2的网络设备,发送上行传输。具体地:
终端设备切换前,第二小区与站点2的网络设备是异站址的。终端设备在第二小区向站 点1的网络设备或者第二小区发送信息时,可以先在第二小区向站点2的网络设备发送包括该信息的上行传输,然后,站点2的网络设备再将该信息发送给站点1的网络设备或第二小区,例如,站点2的网络设备可以通过回程将该信息发送给站点1的网络设备或者第二小区,站点1的网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输。
终端设备切换后,第一小区与站点2的网络设备是异站址的。第一小区与站点2的网络设备是异站址的这个信息可以由站点1的网络设备通过RRC消息或者PDCCH消息或者系统消息通知给终端设备。例如,系统消息可以是按需系统消息。由于终端设备在第一小区继续向站点2的网络设备发送上行传输,终端设备在第一小区向站点3的网络设备或者第一小区发送信息时,可以先在第一小区向站点2的网络设备发送包括该信息的上行传输,然后,站点2的网络设备再通过回程将该信息发送给站点3的网络设备或第一小区,站点3的网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输。
在一个实施中,站点2的网络设备确定第一TA值需要调整时,第一TA值用于继续向站点2的网络设备发送上行传输,可以通过回程将第一TA值的调整量发送给站点3的网络设备,站点3的网络设备给终端设备发送信令通知终端设备调整第一TA值。终端设备可以通过向站点2的网络设备发送周期信号的方式,辅助站点2的网络设备调整第一TA值。
结合图4和图6的通信方法,在一个实施例中,请参阅图15,图15是本申请实施例提供的又一种切换的场景示意图。如图15所示,该场景包括站点、站点中的小区1和站点中的小区2,其中,该站点有NUL载波、NUL载波对应的DL载波和SUL载波。
应理解,本申请实施例中,一个网络设备可以对应一个或多个小区。第二小区和第一小区可以属于同一个网络设备,也就是说第一网络设备和第二网络设备可以为同一个网络设备。这种情况下,终端设备进行网络设备内的切换。
终端设备从小区1切换到小区2,小区1和小区2属于同一个站点。
小区1可以是第二小区,小区2可以是第一小区,小区1和小区2对应同一网络设备。第一小区可以执行步骤401-步骤403的方法或者步骤601-步骤606的方法得到。
终端设备从第二小区向第一小区进行切换,可以确定终端设备在第一小区的SUL载波为终端设备在第二小区的SUL载波,即切换前直到切换后,终端设备在第一小区和第二小区的SUL载波可以为同一频段的载波,且终端设备在第一小区和第二小区的SUL载波发送的上行传输由同一个网络设备接收。终端设备可以在该SUL载波向站点的网络设备发送上行传输。具体地:
终端设备切换前,在第二小区的SUL载波与第二小区是共站址的。终端设备在第二小区的SUL载波向站点的网络设备或者第二小区发送信息时,可以向站点的网络设备或者第二小区发送包括该信息的上行传输,站点的网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输。
终端设备切换后,在第一小区的SUL载波和第一小区是共站址的。第一小区的SUL载波与第一小区是共站址的这个信息可以由站点的网络设备通过RRC消息或者PDCCH消息或者系统消息通知给终端设备。例如,系统消息可以是按需系统消息。由于终端设备确定在第一小区的SUL载波为终端设备在第二小区的SUL载波,终端设备在第一小区的SUL载波向站点的网络设备或者第一小区发送信息时,可以向站点的网络设备或者第一小区发送包括该信息的上行传输,站点的网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输。
在一个实施例中,站点的网络设备确定第一TA值需要调整时,第一TA值可以是终端设备在第一小区的SUL载波的TA值,站点的网络设备可以给终端设备发送信令,通知终端设备调整第一TA值。终端设备可以通过向站点的网络设备发送周期信号的方式,辅助站点的网络设备调整第一TA值。
在一个实施例中,站点的网络设备确定第二TA值需要调整时,第二TA值可以是终端设备在第一小区的NUL载波的TA值,站点的网络设备可以给终端设备发送信令,通知终端设备调整第二TA值。终端设备可以通过向站点的网络设备发送周期信号的方式,辅助站点的网络设备调整第二TA值。
由于在第一小区的SUL载波和第一小区是共站址的,终端设备在第一小区的NUL载波和在第一小区的SUL载波在同一个站址,这两个载波的传输路径相同,第一TA值和第二TA值可以相同。因此,不需要独立指示和/或调整第一TA值和第二TA值。终端设备可以通过站点的网络设备或者第一小区发送的一个信令调整第一TA值和第二TA值。
结合图7和图8的通信方法,在一个实施例中,如图15所示,第一小区可以执行步骤701-步骤703的方法或者步骤801-步骤806的方法得到。终端设备从第二小区向第一小区进行切换,可以确定终端设备继续向站点的网络设备发送上行传输,即切换前直到切换后,终端设备在第一小区和第二小区,可以向同一个网络设备,即站点的网络设备,发送上行传输。具体地:
终端设备切换前,第二小区与站点的网络设备是共站址的。终端设备在第二小区向站点的网络设备或者第二小区发送信息时,可以向站点的网络设备或者第二小区发送包括该信息的上行传输,站点的网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输。
终端设备切换后,第一小区与站点的网络设备是共站址的。第一小区与站点的网络设备是共站址的这个信息可以由站点的网络设备通过RRC消息或者PDCCH消息或者系统消息通知给终端设备。例如,系统消息可以是按需系统消息。由于终端设备在第一小区继续向站点的网络设备发送上行传输,终端设备在第一小区向站点的网络设备或者第一小区发送信息时,可以向站点的网络设备或者第一小区发送包括该信息的上行传输,站点的网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行传输。
在一个实施例中,站点的网络设备确定第一TA值需要调整时,第一TA值用于继续向站点的网络设备发送上行传输,站点的网络设备可以给终端设备发送信令,通知终端设备调整第一TA值。终端设备可以通过向站点的网络设备发送周期信号的方式,辅助站点的网络设备调整第一TA值。
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图16,图16是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。该通信装置可以为终端设备,也可以为终端设备中的模块(例如,芯片)。如图16所示,该通信装置1600,至少包括:处理单元1601和收发单元1602;其中:
处理单元1601,用于确定在终端设备从第二小区切换到第一小区后,在第一小区中终端设备进行上行传输的载波为第一载波;其中,所述第一载波和第二载波属于同一个频段,所述第二载波为所述终端设备在第二小区的载波。
在一个实施例中,所述处理单元1601,还用于根据终端设备在所述第二载波的发送定 时、所述第一小区的下行链路定时和所述第一小区的TA偏移值,确定第一TA值,所述第一TA值为所述终端设备在所述第一载波的TA值。
在一个实施例中,在所述第一小区的有效载波中存在与所述第二载波相同的载波。
在一个实施例中,在所述终端设备在第二小区的载波为第三载波,且所述第一小区的有效载波中不存在与所述第三载波相同的载波的情况下,所述终端设备在第二小区中切换至所述第二载波。
在一个实施例中,该通信装置还包括:
收发单元1602,用于接收第二网络设备发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述第一小区中进行上行传输的载波为所述第一载波,所述第二网络设备为所述第二小区对应的网络设备。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元1602,还用于接收第二网络设备发送的第一信息,所述第一信息包括所述第一小区的TA偏移值。
在一个实施例中,所述第一信息还包括:所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的时隙偏移值、所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的系统帧号偏移值和所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的帧边界偏移值中的至少一个;
所述处理单元1601根据所述终端设备在所述第二载波的发送定时、所述第一小区的下行链路定时和所述第一小区的TA偏移值,确定第一TA值包括:根据所述终端设备在所述第二载波的发送定时、所述第一小区的下行链路定时以及所述第一信息,确定第一TA值。
在一个实施例中,所述第一TA值可以满足如下公式:
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000039
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000040
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000041
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000042
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000043
其中,N TA为所述第一TA值,T tt为所述终端设备在所述第二载波的发送定时,T为所述第一小区的下行链路定时,N TA-offset为所述第一小区的TA偏移值,T C=1/(Δf max·N f),Δf max=480·10 3Hz且N f=4096,T slot-offset为所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的时隙偏移值,T sfn-offset为所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的系统帧号偏移值,所述T Fb-offset为所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的帧边界偏移值。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元1602,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元1602,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的测量配置;根据所述测量配置向所述第二网络设备上报第五小区的测量结果;所述第三小区为所述第五小区中的至少一个小区。
在一个实施例中,所述处理单元1601,还用于根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定N个第四小区,N为大于等于1的整数,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;
所述收发单元1602,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述N个第四小区的指示信息;接收所述第二网络设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID,所述第一小区为所述N个第四小区中的一个。
在一个实施例中,所述处理单元1601根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定N个第四小区包括:根据所述第三小区的信息确定所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级;根据所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和所述第三小区的测量结果确定所述N个第四小区。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元1602,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的测量配置;
所述处理单元1601,还用于根据所述测量配置确定第五小区的测量结果。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元1602,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的所述第三小区的信息,所述第三小区为所述第五小区中的至少一个小区。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元1602,还用于在所述第一载波发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于向所述第一网络设备确认切换,所述第一网络设备为所述第一小区对应的网络设备。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元1602,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示第二TA值与所述第一TA值是否相同,所述第二TA值为所述终端设备在第四载波的TA值,所述第四载波为所述终端设备在所述第一小区的不同于所述第一载波的载波。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元1602,还用于在所述第四载波发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于向所述第一网络设备确认切换。
可以理解,本申请实施例中的处理单元1601可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,收发单元1602可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图17,图17是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图。如图17所示,该通信装置1700可以包括处理器1701、存储器1702、收发器1703和总线1704。存储器1702可以是独立存在的,可以通过总线1704与处理器1701相连接。存储器1702也可以和处理器1701集成在一起。其中,存储器1702中存储指令或程序代码,还可以存储数据。处理器1701用于执行存储器1702中存储的指令或程序代码。总线1704用于实现这些组件之间的连接。在图17中总线以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连 接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。总线1704可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图17中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。
存储器1702中存储的指令或程序代码被执行时,该处理器1701用于执行上述实施例中处理单元1601执行的操作,收发器1703用于执行上述实施例中收发单元1602执行的操作。
需要说明的是,本申请实施例的通信装置1600或通信装置1700可对应于本申请提供的方法实施例中的终端设备,并且通信装置1600或通信装置1700中的各个模块的操作和/或功能可以分别实现图4和图6中的各个方法的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图18,图18是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图。该通信装置可以为第二网络设备,也可以为第二网络设备中的模块(例如,芯片)。如图18所示,该通信装置1800,至少包括:收发单元1801和处理单元1802;其中:
收发单元1801,用于向终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述第一小区中进行上行传输的载波为第一载波,其中,所述第一载波和第二载波属于同一个频段,所述第二载波为第二小区的载波。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元1801,还用于向所述终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息包括所述第一小区的TA偏移值。
在一个实施例中,所述第一信息还包括:所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的时隙偏移值、所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的系统帧号偏移值和所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的帧边界偏移值中的至少一个。
在一个实施例中,该通信装置还包括:
处理单元1802,用于根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定所述第一小区,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;
所述收发单元1801,还用于向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID。
在一个实施例中,所述处理单元1802根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定所述第一小区包括:根据所述第三小区的信息确定所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级;根据所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和所述第三区的测量结果确定所述第一小区。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元1801,还用于向终端设备发送测量配置;
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元1801,还用于接收所述终端设备发送的第五小区的测量结果;所述第三小区为所述第五小区中的至少一个小区。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元1801,还用于接收所述终端设备发送的N个第四小区的指示信息,N为大于等于1的整数,所述N个第四小区由所述终端设备根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;
所述处理单元1802,还用于根据所述N个第四小区确定所述第一小区,所述第一小区为所述N个第四小区中的一个;
所述收发单元1801,还用于向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元1801,还用于向终端设备发送测量配置。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元1801,还用于向所述终端设备发送所述第三小区的信息,所述第三小区为所述第五小区中的至少一个小区。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元1801,还用于向所述终端设备发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示第二TA值与所述第一TA值是否相同,所述第二TA值为所述终端设备在第四载波的TA值,所述第四载波为所述终端设备在所述第一小区的不同于所述第一载波的载波。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元1801,还用于向第一网络设备发送请求信息,所述请求信息用于请求所述终端设备接入所述第一网络设备,所述第一网络设备为所述第一小区对应的网络设备。
可以理解,本申请实施例中的收发单元1801可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现,处理单元1802可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现。
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图19,图19是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图。如图19所示,该通信装置1900可以包括处理器1901、存储器1902、收发器1903和总线1904。存储器1902可以是独立存在的,可以通过总线1904与处理器1901相连接。存储器1902也可以和处理器1901集成在一起。其中,存储器1902中存储指令或程序代码,还可以存储数据。处理器1901用于执行存储器1902中存储的指令或程序代码。总线1904用于实现这些组件之间的连接。在图19中总线以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。总线1904可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图19中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。
存储器1902中存储的指令或程序代码被执行时,该处理器1901用于执行上述实施例中处理单元1802执行的操作,收发器1903用于执行上述实施例中收发单元1801执行的操作。
需要说明的是,本申请实施例的通信装置1800或通信装置1900可对应于本申请提供的方法实施例中的终端设备,并且通信装置1800或通信装置1900中的各个模块的操作和/或功能可以分别实现图4和图6中的各个方法的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图20,图20是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图。该通信装置可以为第一网络设备,也可以为第一网络设备中的模块(例如,芯片)。如图20所示,该通信装置2000,至少包括:收发单元2001;其中:
收发单元2001,用于接收第二网络设备发送的请求信息,所述请求信息用于请求所述终端设备接入所述第一网络设备,所述第二网络设备为第二小区对应的网络设备。
可以理解,本申请实施例中的收发单元2001可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图21,图21是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图。如图21所示,该通信装置2100可以包括处理器2101、存储器2102、收发器2103和总线2104。存储器2102可以是独立存在的,可以通过总线2104与处理器2101相连接。存储器2102也可以和处理器2101集成在一起。其中,存储器2102中存储指令或程序代码,还可以存储数据。处理器2101用于执行存储器2102中存储的指令或程序代码。总线2104用于实现这些组件之间的连接。在图21中总线以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。总线2104可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图21中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。
存储器2102中存储的指令或程序代码被执行时,收发器2103用于执行上述实施例中收发单元2001执行的操作。
需要说明的是,本申请实施例的通信装置2000或通信装置2100可对应于本申请提供的方法实施例中的终端设备,并且通信装置2000或通信装置2100中的各个模块的操作和/或功能可以分别实现图6中的各个方法的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图22,图22是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图。该通信装置可以为终端设备,也可以为终端设备中的模块(例如,芯片)。如图22所示,该通信装置2200,至少包括:收发单元2201和处理单元2202;其中:
收发单元2201,用于接收第二网络设备发送的第三信息,所述第三信息包括第一指示信息和第一小区的ID,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备继续向第四网络设备发送上行传输。
在一个实施例中,该通信装置还可以包括:处理单元2202,用于根据第一发送定时、所述第一小区的下行链路定时和所述第一小区的TA偏移值,确定第一TA值,所述第一TA值用于继续向所述第四网络设备发送上行传输。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元2201,还用于接收第二网络设备发送的第一信息,所述第一信息包括所述第一小区的TA偏移值。
在一个实施例中,所述第一信息还包括:所述第一小区与第二小区之间的时隙偏移值、所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的系统帧号偏移值和所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的帧边界偏移值中的至少一个。
在一个实施例中,所述处理单元2202根据第一发送定时、所述第一小区的下行链路定时和所述第一小区的TA偏移值,确定第一TA值包括:根据第一发送定时、所述第一小区的下行链路定时以及所述第一信息,确定第一TA值。
在一个实施例中,所述第一TA值可以满足如下公式:
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000044
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000045
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000046
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000047
或者
Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-000048
其中,N TA为所述第一TA值,T tt为所述第一发送定时,T为所述第一小区的下行链路定时,N TA-offset为所述第一小区的TA偏移值,T C=1/(Δf max·N f),Δf max=480·10 3Hz且N f=4096,T slot-offset为所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的时隙偏移值,T sfn-offset为所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的系统帧号偏移值,所述T Fb-offset为所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的帧边界偏移值。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元2201,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元2201,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的测量配置;根据所述测量配置向所述第二网络设备上报第五小区的测量结果;所述第三小区为所述第五小区中的至少一个小区。
在一个实施例中,所述处理单元2202,还用于根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定N个第四小区,N为大于等于1的整数,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;
所述收发单元2201,还用于向第二网络设备发送所述N个第四小区的指示信息;接收所述第二网络设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID,所述第一小区为所述N个第四小区中的一个。
在一个实施例中,所述处理单元2202根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定N个第四小区包括:根据所述第三小区的信息确定所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级;根据所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和所述第三小区的测量结果确定所述N个第四小区。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元2201,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的测量配置;根据所述测量配置确定第五小区的测量结果。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元2201,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的所述第三小区的信息,所述第三小区为所述第五小区中的至少一个小区。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元2201,还用于在所述第四网络设备是所述第一网络设备的情况下,向所述第一网络设备发送上行传输信息,所述上行传输信息包括第二信息,所述第二信息用于向所述第一网络设备确认切换;或者在所述第四网络设备是所述第二网 络设备的情况下,向所述第二网络设备发送上行传输信息,所述上行传输信息包括第二信息,所述第二信息用于向所述第一网络设备确认切换。
可以理解,本申请实施例中的收发单元2201可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现,处理单元2202可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现。
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图23,图23是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图。如图23所示,该通信装置2300可以包括处理器2301、存储器2302、收发器2303和总线2304。存储器2302可以是独立存在的,可以通过总线2304与处理器2301相连接。存储器2302也可以和处理器2301集成在一起。其中,存储器2302中存储指令或程序代码,还可以存储数据。处理器2301用于执行存储器2302中存储的指令或程序代码。总线2304用于实现这些组件之间的连接。在图23中总线以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。总线2304可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图23中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。
存储器2302中存储的指令或程序代码被执行时,该处理器2301用于执行上述实施例中处理单元2202执行的操作,收发器2303用于执行上述实施例中收发单元2201执行的操作。
需要说明的是,本申请实施例的通信装置2200或通信装置2300可对应于本申请提供的方法实施例中的终端设备,并且通信装置2200或通信装置2300中的各个模块的操作和/或功能可以分别实现图7和图8中的各个方法的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图24,图24是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图。该通信装置可以为第二网络设备,也可以为第二网络设备中的模块(例如,芯片)。如图24所示,该通信装置2400,至少包括:收发单元2401和处理单元2402;其中:
收发单元2401,用于向终端设备发送第三信息,所述第三信息包括第一指示信息和第一小区的ID,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备继续向第四网络设备发送上行传输。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元2401,还用于向所述终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息包括所述第一小区的TA偏移值。
在一个实施例中,所述第一信息还包括:所述第一小区与第二小区之间的时隙偏移值、所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的系统帧号偏移值和所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的帧边界偏移值中的至少一个。
在一个实施例中,该通信装置还可以包括:处理单元2402,用于根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定所述第一小区,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;
所述收发单元2401,还用于向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID。
在一个实施例中,所述处理单元2402根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定所述第一小区包括:根据所述第三小区的信息确定所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级; 根据所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和所述第三区的测量结果确定所述第一小区。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元2401,还用于向终端设备发送测量配置。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元2401,还用于接收所述终端设备发送的第五小区的测量结果;所述第三小区为所述第五小区中的至少一个小区。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元2401,还用于接收所述终端设备发送的N个第四小区的指示信息,N为大于等于1的整数,所述N个第四小区由所述终端设备根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;
所述处理单元2402,还用于根据所述N个第四小区确定所述第一小区,所述第一小区为所述N个第四小区中的一个;
所述收发单元2401,还用于向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元2401,还用于向终端设备发送测量配置。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元2401,还用于向所述终端设备发送所述第三小区的信息,所述第三小区为所述第五小区中的至少一个小区。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元2401,还用于向第一网络设备发送请求信息,所述请求信息用于请求所述终端设备接入所述第一网络设备。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元2401,还用于在所述第四网络设备是所述第二网络设备的情况下,接收所述终端设备发送的上行传输信息,所述上行传输信息包括第二信息,所述第二信息用于向所述第一网络设备确认切换。
可以理解,本申请实施例中的收发单元2401可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现,处理单元2402可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现。
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图25,图25是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图。如图25所示,该通信装置2500可以包括处理器2501、存储器2502、收发器2503和总线2504。存储器2502可以是独立存在的,可以通过总线2504与处理器2501相连接。存储器2502也可以和处理器2501集成在一起。其中,存储器2502中存储指令或程序代码,还可以存储数据。处理器2501用于执行存储器2502中存储的指令或程序代码。总线2504用于实现这些组件之间的连接。在图25中总线以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。总线2504可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图25中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。
存储器2502中存储的指令或程序代码被执行时,该处理器2501用于执行上述实施例中处理单元2402执行的操作,收发器2503用于执行上述实施例中收发单元2401执行的操作。
需要说明的是,本申请实施例的通信装置2400或通信装置2500可对应于本申请提供的方法实施例中的终端设备,并且通信装置2400或通信装置2500中的各个模块的操作和/或功能可以分别实现图7和图8中的各个方法的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图26,图26是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图。该通信装置可以为第一网络设备,也可以为第一网络设备中的模块(例如,芯片)。如图26所示,该通信装置2600,至少包括:收发单元2601;其中:
收发单元2601,用于在第四网络设备是第一网络设备的情况下,接收终端设备发送的上行传输信息,所述上行传输信息包括第二信息,所述第二信息用于向所述第一网络设备确认切换。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元2601,还用于接收第二网络设备发送的请求信息,所述请求信息用于请求所述终端设备接入所述第一网络设备。
可以理解,本申请实施例中的收发单元2601可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图27,图27是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图。如图27所示,该通信装置2700可以包括处理器2701、存储器2702、收发器2703和总线2704。存储器2702可以是独立存在的,可以通过总线2704与处理器2701相连接。存储器2702也可以和处理器2701集成在一起。其中,存储器2702中存储指令或程序代码,还可以存储数据。处理器2701用于执行存储器2702中存储的指令或程序代码。总线2704用于实现这些组件之间的连接。在图27中总线以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。总线2704可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图27中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。
存储器2702中存储的指令或程序代码被执行时,该收发器2703用于执行上述实施例中收发单元2601执行的操作。
需要说明的是,本申请实施例的通信装置2600或通信装置2700可对应于本申请提供的方法实施例中的终端设备,并且通信装置2600或通信装置2700中的各个模块的操作和/或功能可以分别实现图7和图8中的各个方法的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图28,图28是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图。该通信装置可以为终端设备,也可以为终端设备中的模块(例如,芯片)。如图28所示,该通信装置2800,至少包括:处理单元2801和收发单元2802;其中:
处理单元2801,用于根据第三小区的信息和第五小区的测量结果确定N个第四小区,N为大于等于1的整数,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;
收发单元2802,用于向第二网络设备发送所述N个第四小区的指示信息,所述第二网络设备为所述第二小区对应的网络设备;
所述收发单元2802,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID,所述第一小区为所述N个第四小区中的一个。
在一个实施例中,所述处理单元2801根据第三小区的信息和第五小区的测量结果确定N个第四小区包括:在所述第五小区中存在的所述第三小区的情况下,根据所述第三小区的信息确定所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级;根据所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和所述第三小区的测量结果确定所述N个第四小区。
在一个实施例中,所述处理单元2801根据第三小区的信息和第五小区的测量结果确定N个第四小区包括:在所述第五小区中不存在第三小区的情况下,根据所述第五小区的测量结果确定所述N个第四小区。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元2802,还用于接收第二网络设备发送的测量配置,所述第二网络设备为所述第二小区对应的网络设备;
所述处理单元2801,还用于根据所述测量配置确定所述第五小区的测量结果。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元2802,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的所述第三小区的信息。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元2802,还用于接收第二网络设备发送的测量配置,所述第二网络设备为所述第二小区对应的网络设备;根据所述测量配置向所述第二网络设备上报所述第五小区的测量结果。
可以理解,本申请实施例中的处理单元2801可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,收发单元2802可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图29,图29是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图。如图29所示,该通信装置2900可以包括处理器2901、存储器2902、收发器2903和总线2904。存储器2902可以是独立存在的,可以通过总线2904与处理器2901相连接。存储器2902也可以和处理器2901集成在一起。其中,存储器2902中存储指令或程序代码,还可以存储数据。处理器2901用于执行存储器2902中存储的指令或程序代码。总线2904用于实现这些组件之间的连接。在图29中总线以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。总线2904可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图29中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。
存储器2902中存储的指令或程序代码被执行时,该处理器2901用于执行上述实施例中处理单元2801执行的操作,收发器2903用于执行上述实施例中收发单元2802执行的操作。
需要说明的是,本申请实施例的通信装置2800或通信装置2900可对应于本申请提供的方法实施例中的终端设备,并且通信装置2800或通信装置2900中的各个模块的操作和/或功能可以分别实现图9和图10中的各个方法的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图30,图30是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图。该通信装置可以为第二网络设备,也可以为第二网络设备中的模块(例如,芯片)。如图30所示,该通信装置3000,至少包括:处理单元3001和收发单元3002;其中:
处理单元3001,用于根据第三小区的信息和第五小区的测量结果确定第一小区,所述 第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波。
在一个实施例中,所述处理单元3001根据第三小区的信息和第五小区的测量结果确定第一小区包括:在所述第五小区中存在的所述第三小区的情况下,根据所述第三小区的信息确定所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级;根据所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和所述第三小区的测量结果确定所述第一小区。
在一个实施例中,所述处理单元3001根据第三小区的信息和第五小区的测量结果确定第一小区包括:在所述第五小区中不存在所述第三小区的情况下,根据所述第五小区的测量结果确定所述第一小区。
在一个实施例中,该通信装置还包括:
收发单元3002,用于向所述终端设备发送测量配置;接收所述终端设备发送的所述第五小区的测量结果。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元3002,还用于接收终端设备发送的N个第四小区的指示信息,N为大于等于1的整数,所述N个第四小区由所述终端设备根据第三小区的信息和第五小区的测量结果确定,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;
所述处理单元3001,还用于根据所述N个第四小区确定第一小区,所述第一小区为所述N个第四小区中的一个。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元3002,还用于向所述终端设备发送测量配置。
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元3002,还用于向所述终端设备发送所述第三小区的信息。
可以理解,本申请实施例中的处理单元3001可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,收发单元3002可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。
基于上述网络架构,请参阅图31,图31是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图。如图31所示,该通信装置3100可以包括处理器3101、存储器3102、收发器3103和总线3104。存储器3102可以是独立存在的,可以通过总线3104与处理器3101相连接。存储器3102也可以和处理器3101集成在一起。其中,存储器3102中存储指令或程序代码,还可以存储数据。处理器3101用于执行存储器3102中存储的指令或程序代码。总线3104用于实现这些组件之间的连接。在图31中总线以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。总线3104可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图31中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。
存储器3102中存储的指令或程序代码被执行时,该处理器3101用于执行上述实施例中处理单元3001执行的操作,收发器3103用于执行上述实施例中收发单元3002执行的操作。
需要说明的是,本申请实施例的通信装置3000或通信装置3100可对应于本申请提供的方法实施例中的终端设备,并且通信装置3000或通信装置3100中的各个模块的操作和/或功能可以分别实现图9和图10中的各个方法的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该程序被处理器执行时可以实现上述方法实施例提供的通信方法中与终端设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该程序被处理器执行时可以实现上述方法实施例提供的通信方法中与第一网络设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该程序被处理器执行时可以实现上述方法实施例提供的通信方法中与第二网络设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,当其在计算机或处理器上运行时,使得计算机或处理器执行上述任一个通信方法中的一个或多个步骤。上述所涉及的设备的各组成模块如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在所述计算机可读取存储介质中。
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,该通信系统可以包括终端设备、第一网络设备和第二网络设备,具体描述可以参考图4、图6、图7、图8、图9和图10所示的通信方法。
应理解,本申请实施例中提及的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是硬盘(hard disk drive,HDD)、固态硬盘(solid-state drive,SSD)、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static rAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous dRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。存储器是能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是电路或者其它任意能够实现存储功能的装置,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。
还应理解,本申请实施例中提及的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。
需要说明的是,当处理器为通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件时,存储器(存储模块)集成在处理器中。
应注意,本文描述的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程 构成任何限定。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所提供的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
本申请实施例方法中的步骤可以根据实际需要进行顺序调整、合并和删减。
本申请实施例装置中的模块/单元可以根据实际需要进行合并、划分和删减。
以上所述,以上实施例仅用以说明本申请的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照前述实施例对本申请进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本申请各实施例技术方案的范围。

Claims (40)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:
    确定在终端设备从第二小区切换到第一小区后,在第一小区中终端设备进行上行传输的载波为第一载波;
    其中,所述第一载波和第二载波属于同一个频段,所述第二载波为所述终端设备在第二小区的载波。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    根据终端设备在所述第二载波的发送定时、所述第一小区的下行链路定时和所述第一小区的定时提前TA偏移值,确定第一TA值,所述第一TA值为所述终端设备在所述第一载波的TA值。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,
    在所述第一小区的有效载波中存在与所述第二载波相同的载波。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    在所述终端设备在第二小区的载波为第三载波,且所述第一小区的有效载波中不存在与所述第三载波相同的载波的情况下,所述终端设备在第二小区中切换至所述第二载波。
  5. 根据权利要求1-4任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    接收第二网络设备发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述第一小区中进行上行传输的载波为所述第一载波,所述第二网络设备为所述第二小区对应的网络设备。
  6. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    接收第二网络设备发送的第一信息,所述第一信息包括所述第一小区的TA偏移值。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,
    所述第一信息还包括:所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的时隙偏移值、所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的系统帧号偏移值和所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的帧边界偏移值中的至少一个;
    所述根据所述终端设备在所述第二载波的发送定时、所述第一小区的下行链路定时和所述第一小区的TA偏移值,确定第一TA值包括:
    根据所述终端设备在所述第二载波的发送定时、所述第一小区的下行链路定时以及所述第一信息,确定第一TA值。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一TA值满足如下公式:
    Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-100001
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-100002
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-100003
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-100004
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-100005
    其中,N TA为所述第一TA值,T tt为所述终端设备在所述第二载波的发送定时,T为所述第一小区的下行链路定时,N TA-offset为所述第一小区的TA偏移值,T C=1/(Δf max·N f),Δf max=480·10 3Hz且N f=4096,T slot-offset为所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的时隙偏移值,T sfn-offset为所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的系统帧号偏移值,所述T Fb-offset为所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的帧边界偏移值。
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    接收所述第二网络设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的标识ID。
  10. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定N个第四小区,N为大于等于1的整数,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;
    向所述第二网络设备发送所述N个第四小区的指示信息;
    接收所述第二网络设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID,所述第一小区为所述N个第四小区中的一个。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定N个第四小区包括:
    根据所述第三小区的信息确定所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级;
    根据所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和所述第三小区的测量结果确定所述N个第四小区。
  12. 根据权利要求1-11任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    在所述第一载波发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于向所述第一网络设备确认切换,所述第一网络设备为所述第一小区对应的网络设备。
  13. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:
    向终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述第一小区中进行上行传输的载波为第一载波,其中,第一载波和第二载波属于同一个频段,所述第二载波为所述终端设备在第二小区的载波。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    向所述终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息包括所述第一小区的定时提前TA偏移值。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,
    所述第一信息还包括:所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的时隙偏移值、所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的系统帧号偏移值和所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的帧边界偏移值中的至少一个。
  16. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定所述第一小区,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;
    向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的标识ID。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定所述第一小区包括:
    根据所述第三小区的信息确定所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级;
    根据所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和所述第三区的测量结果确定所述第一小区。
  18. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    接收所述终端设备发送的N个第四小区的指示信息,N为大于等于1的整数,所述N个第四小区由所述终端设备根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;
    根据所述N个第四小区确定所述第一小区,所述第一小区为所述N个第四小区中的一个;
    向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID。
  19. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:
    处理单元,用于确定在终端设备从第二小区切换到第一小区后,在第一小区中终端设备进行上行传输的载波为第一载波;
    其中,所述第一载波和第二载波属于同一个频段,所述第二载波为所述终端设备在第二小区的载波。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的装置,其特征在于,包括:
    所述处理单元,还用于根据终端设备在所述第二载波的发送定时、所述第一小区的下行链路定时和所述第一小区的定时提前TA偏移值,确定第一TA值,所述第一TA值为所述终端设备在所述第一载波的TA值。
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所述的装置,其特征在于,
    在所述第一小区的有效载波中存在与所述第二载波相同的载波。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括:
    在所述终端设备在第二小区的载波为第三载波,且所述第一小区的有效载波中不存在与所述第三载波相同的载波的情况下,所述终端设备在第二小区中切换至所述第二载波。
  23. 根据权利要求19-22任一所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:
    收发单元,用于接收第二网络设备发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述第一小区中进行上行传输的载波为所述第一载波,所述第二网络设备 为所述第二小区对应的网络设备。
  24. 根据权利要求20所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元,还用于接收第二网络设备发送的第一信息,所述第一信息包括所述第一小区的TA偏移值。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的装置,其特征在于,
    所述第一信息还包括:所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的时隙偏移值、所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的系统帧号偏移值和所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的帧边界偏移值中的至少一个;
    所述处理单元根据所述终端设备在所述第二载波的发送定时、所述第一小区的下行链路定时和所述第一小区的TA偏移值,确定第一TA值包括:
    根据所述终端设备在所述第二载波的发送定时、所述第一小区的下行链路定时以及所述第一信息,确定第一TA值。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一TA值满足如下公式:
    Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-100006
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-100007
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-100008
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-100009
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2021107195-appb-100010
    其中,N TA为所述第一TA值,T tt为所述终端设备在所述第二载波的发送定时,T为所述第一小区的下行链路定时,N TA-offset为所述第一小区的TA偏移值,T C=1/(Δf max·N f),Δf max=480·10 3Hz且N f=4096,T slot-offset为所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的时隙偏移值,T sfn-offset为所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的系统帧号偏移值,所述T Fb-offset为所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的帧边界偏移值。
  27. 根据权利要求19所述的装置,其特征在于,
    所述收发单元,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的标识ID。
  28. 根据权利要求19所述的装置,其特征在于,
    所述处理单元,还用于根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定N个第四小区,N为大于等于1的整数,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;
    所述收发单元,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述N个第四小区的指示信息;
    所述收发单元,还用于接收所述第二网络设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID,所述第一小区为所述N个第四小区中的一个。
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定N个第四小区包括:
    根据所述第三小区的信息确定所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级;
    根据所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和所述第三小区的测量结果确定所述N个第四小区。
  30. 根据权利要求19-29任一所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元,还用于在所述第一载波发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于向所述第一网络设备确认切换,所述第一网络设备为所述第一小区对应的网络设备。
  31. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:
    收发单元,用于向终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述第一小区中进行上行传输的载波为第一载波,其中,所述第一载波和第二载波属于同一个频段,所述第二载波为所述终端设备在第二小区的载波。
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的装置,其特征在于,
    所述收发单元,还用于向所述终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息包括所述第一小区的定时提前TA偏移值。
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的装置,其特征在于,
    所述第一信息还包括:所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的时隙偏移值、所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的系统帧号偏移值和所述第一小区与所述第二小区之间的帧边界偏移值中的至少一个。
  34. 根据权利要求31所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:
    处理单元,用于根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定所述第一小区,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;
    所述收发单元,还用于向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的标识ID。
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定所述第一小区包括:
    根据所述第三小区的信息确定所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级;
    根据所述第三小区中每个小区对应的优先级和所述第三区的测量结果确定所述第一小区。
  36. 根据权利要求31所述的装置,其特征在于,
    所述收发单元,还用于接收所述终端设备发送的N个第四小区的指示信息,N为大于等于1的整数,所述N个第四小区由所述终端设备根据第三小区的测量结果和第三小区的信息确定,所述第三小区的有效载波与所述第二小区的有效载波存在至少一个相同的载波;
    所述处理单元,还用于根据所述N个第四小区确定所述第一小区,所述第一小区为所 述N个第四小区中的一个;
    所述收发单元,还用于向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一小区,所述第二指示信息包括所述第一小区的ID。
  37. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器,用于执行计算机程序,当所述计算机程序被执行时,使得所述装置
    执行如权利要求1-12任一项所述的方法;或者
    执行如权利要求13-18任一项所述的方法。
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的通信装置,其特征在于,还包括存储器,用于存储所述计算机程序。
  39. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或计算机指令,当所述计算机程序或计算机指令被运行时,
    权利要求1-12任一项所述的方法被执行;或者
    权利要求13-18任一项所述的方法被执行。
  40. 一种芯片系统,其特征在于,所述芯片系统包括至少一个处理器、存储器和接口电路,所述存储器、所述接口电路和所述至少一个处理器通过线路互联,所述至少一个存储器中存储有指令;所述指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述芯片系统
    执行权利要求1-12任一项所述的方法;或者
    执行如权利要求13-18任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2021/107195 2020-08-31 2021-07-19 一种通信方法、装置及计算机可读存储介质 WO2022042136A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010901420.2A CN114125957A (zh) 2020-08-31 2020-08-31 一种通信方法、装置及计算机可读存储介质
CN202010901420.2 2020-08-31

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022042136A1 true WO2022042136A1 (zh) 2022-03-03

Family

ID=80352616

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/107195 WO2022042136A1 (zh) 2020-08-31 2021-07-19 一种通信方法、装置及计算机可读存储介质

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN114125957A (zh)
WO (1) WO2022042136A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN117859362A (zh) * 2022-08-08 2024-04-09 北京小米移动软件有限公司 一种接收测量配置信息的方法、装置、设备及可读存储介质

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2014101061A1 (zh) * 2012-12-27 2014-07-03 华为技术有限公司 控制上行载波聚合的方法、用户设备和基站
WO2016154892A1 (zh) * 2015-03-31 2016-10-06 华为技术有限公司 一种频谱共享的方法及装置
CN111052796A (zh) * 2017-06-28 2020-04-21 瑞典爱立信有限公司 用于在同频操作和异频操作之间进行确定的方法

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2014101061A1 (zh) * 2012-12-27 2014-07-03 华为技术有限公司 控制上行载波聚合的方法、用户设备和基站
WO2016154892A1 (zh) * 2015-03-31 2016-10-06 华为技术有限公司 一种频谱共享的方法及装置
CN111052796A (zh) * 2017-06-28 2020-04-21 瑞典爱立信有限公司 用于在同频操作和异频操作之间进行确定的方法

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CATT: "Consideration on TA Group", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-112814, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. Barcelona, Spain; 20110509, 3 May 2011 (2011-05-03), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP050495245 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114125957A (zh) 2022-03-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10660004B2 (en) Method for controlling heterogeneous network handover and apparatus therefor
US11172511B2 (en) Information indication method and apparatus, network device and terminal device
US9591545B2 (en) Handover control method, wireless communication terminal, and wireless communication device
US10925060B2 (en) Wireless communication method and device
US12010728B2 (en) Random access method and device
EP3695641B1 (en) Active coordination set for mobility management
RU2743790C1 (ru) Беспроводное устройство, сетевой узел и способы, выполняемые ими для управления измерениями на наборе ячеек
WO2020077577A1 (zh) 数据包传输方法和设备
JP7015838B2 (ja) 通信方法、アクセスネットワークデバイス、および端末
US11582736B2 (en) Communication method and apparatus and communication system
KR102546012B1 (ko) 반송파 호핑 방법, 단말기 및 기지국
US20210105831A1 (en) Random access method and apparatus and communication device
WO2018028272A1 (zh) 一种上行资源调度方法及相关设备
US11044701B2 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2020034203A1 (zh) 传输信号的方法、终端设备和网络设备
EP4044716B1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining measurement gap, and terminal device
US11540261B2 (en) Method for indicating number of transmitting ports of UE, UE and network device
EP3852396A1 (en) Method for determining transmission mode in sidelink, terminal apparatus, and network apparatus
WO2022042136A1 (zh) 一种通信方法、装置及计算机可读存储介质
US20210127426A1 (en) Method for indicating channel access type, terminal device and network device
EP3884727B1 (en) Active coordination set for shared-spectrum environments
EP4057703A1 (en) Status conversion method and apparatus, and communication device
US20220124585A1 (en) Data transmission methods and communication device
JP2024534941A (ja) ワイヤレス通信方法および通信装置
EP3930370A1 (en) Resource configuration processing method, terminal device, and network device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21859976

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21859976

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1